Bump for snapshot
[gcc.git] / gcc / dwarf2out.c
1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from the GNU C compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 95, 96, 97, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
4 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
5 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
6
7 This file is part of GNU CC.
8
9 GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 any later version.
13
14 GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
21 the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
22 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
23
24 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
25 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
26 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
27 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
28 information. */
29
30 #include "config.h"
31 #include "system.h"
32 #include "defaults.h"
33 #include "tree.h"
34 #include "flags.h"
35 #include "rtl.h"
36 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
37 #include "regs.h"
38 #include "insn-config.h"
39 #include "reload.h"
40 #include "output.h"
41 #include "expr.h"
42 #include "except.h"
43 #include "dwarf2.h"
44 #include "dwarf2out.h"
45 #include "toplev.h"
46 #include "dyn-string.h"
47
48 /* We cannot use <assert.h> in GCC source, since that would include
49 GCC's assert.h, which may not be compatible with the host compiler. */
50 #undef assert
51 #ifdef NDEBUG
52 # define assert(e)
53 #else
54 # define assert(e) do { if (! (e)) abort (); } while (0)
55 #endif
56
57 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
58 translation unit. */
59
60 int
61 dwarf2out_do_frame ()
62 {
63 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
64 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
65 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
66 #endif
67 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
68 || (flag_exceptions && ! exceptions_via_longjmp)
69 #endif
70 );
71 }
72
73 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
74
75 #ifndef __GNUC__
76 #define inline
77 #endif
78
79 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
80 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
81 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
82 #endif
83
84 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
85 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
86 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
87
88 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
89 Information instructions. The register number, offset
90 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
91 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
92
93 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
94 {
95 unsigned long dw_cfi_reg_num;
96 long int dw_cfi_offset;
97 char *dw_cfi_addr;
98 }
99 dw_cfi_oprnd;
100
101 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
102 {
103 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
104 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
105 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd1;
106 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd2;
107 }
108 dw_cfi_node;
109
110 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
111 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
112 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This used of a single
113 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
114 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
115
116 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
117 {
118 char *dw_fde_begin;
119 char *dw_fde_current_label;
120 char *dw_fde_end;
121 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
122 }
123 dw_fde_node;
124
125 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
126 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
127
128 /* Make sure we know the sizes of the various types dwarf can describe. These
129 are only defaults. If the sizes are different for your target, you should
130 override these values by defining the appropriate symbols in your tm.h
131 file. */
132
133 #ifndef CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
134 #define CHAR_TYPE_SIZE BITS_PER_UNIT
135 #endif
136 #ifndef PTR_SIZE
137 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
138 #endif
139
140 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
141 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the DWARF-2
142 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same as PTR_SIZE. */
143
144 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
145 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
146 #endif
147
148 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
149
150 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
151 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
152 (((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) & ~((BOUNDARY) - 1))
153
154 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
155 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
156 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-UNITS_PER_WORD)
157 #else
158 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT UNITS_PER_WORD
159 #endif
160
161 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
162 information for each routine. */
163 static dw_fde_ref fde_table;
164
165 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
166 static unsigned fde_table_allocated;
167
168 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
169 static unsigned fde_table_in_use;
170
171 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
172 fde_table. */
173 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
174
175 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
176 static dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
177
178 /* The number of the current function definition for which debugging
179 information is being generated. These numbers range from 1 up to the
180 maximum number of function definitions contained within the current
181 compilation unit. These numbers are used to create unique label id's
182 unique to each function definition. */
183 static unsigned current_funcdef_number = 0;
184
185 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
186 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
187 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
188 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
189 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
190
191 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
192
193 static char *stripattributes PROTO((char *));
194 static char *dwarf_cfi_name PROTO((unsigned));
195 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi PROTO((void));
196 static void add_cfi PROTO((dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref));
197 static unsigned long size_of_uleb128 PROTO((unsigned long));
198 static unsigned long size_of_sleb128 PROTO((long));
199 static void output_uleb128 PROTO((unsigned long));
200 static void output_sleb128 PROTO((long));
201 static void add_fde_cfi PROTO((char *, dw_cfi_ref));
202 static void lookup_cfa_1 PROTO((dw_cfi_ref, unsigned long *,
203 long *));
204 static void lookup_cfa PROTO((unsigned long *, long *));
205 static void reg_save PROTO((char *, unsigned, unsigned,
206 long));
207 static void initial_return_save PROTO((rtx));
208 static void output_cfi PROTO((dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref));
209 static void output_call_frame_info PROTO((int));
210 static unsigned reg_number PROTO((rtx));
211 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust PROTO((rtx));
212
213 /* Definitions of defaults for assembler-dependent names of various
214 pseudo-ops and section names.
215 Theses may be overridden in the tm.h file (if necessary) for a particular
216 assembler. */
217
218 #ifdef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF
219 #ifndef UNALIGNED_SHORT_ASM_OP
220 #define UNALIGNED_SHORT_ASM_OP ".2byte"
221 #endif
222 #ifndef UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP
223 #define UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP ".4byte"
224 #endif
225 #ifndef UNALIGNED_DOUBLE_INT_ASM_OP
226 #define UNALIGNED_DOUBLE_INT_ASM_OP ".8byte"
227 #endif
228 #endif /* OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF */
229
230 #ifndef ASM_BYTE_OP
231 #define ASM_BYTE_OP ".byte"
232 #endif
233
234 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
235 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
236 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
237
238 /* Pseudo-op for defining a new section. */
239 #ifndef SECTION_ASM_OP
240 #define SECTION_ASM_OP ".section"
241 #endif
242
243 /* The default format used by the ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION macro (see below) to
244 print the SECTION_ASM_OP and the section name. The default here works for
245 almost all svr4 assemblers, except for the sparc, where the section name
246 must be enclosed in double quotes. (See sparcv4.h). */
247 #ifndef SECTION_FORMAT
248 #ifdef PUSHSECTION_FORMAT
249 #define SECTION_FORMAT PUSHSECTION_FORMAT
250 #else
251 #define SECTION_FORMAT "\t%s\t%s\n"
252 #endif
253 #endif
254
255 #ifndef FRAME_SECTION
256 #define FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
257 #endif
258
259 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
260 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
261 #endif
262 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
263 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
264 #endif
265 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
266 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
267 #define CIE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLCIE"
268 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSFDE"
269 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
270 #define FDE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLFDE"
271
272 /* Definitions of defaults for various types of primitive assembly language
273 output operations. These may be overridden from within the tm.h file,
274 but typically, that is unnecessary. */
275
276 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION
277 #define ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION(FILE, SECTION) \
278 fprintf ((FILE), SECTION_FORMAT, SECTION_ASM_OP, SECTION)
279 #endif
280
281 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1
282 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1(FILE,VALUE) \
283 fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t0x%x", ASM_BYTE_OP, (unsigned) (VALUE))
284 #endif
285
286 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA1
287 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA1(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
288 do { fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t", ASM_BYTE_OP); \
289 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL1); \
290 fprintf (FILE, "-"); \
291 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL2); \
292 } while (0)
293 #endif
294
295 #ifdef UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP
296
297 #ifndef UNALIGNED_OFFSET_ASM_OP
298 #define UNALIGNED_OFFSET_ASM_OP \
299 (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? UNALIGNED_DOUBLE_INT_ASM_OP : UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP)
300 #endif
301
302 #ifndef UNALIGNED_WORD_ASM_OP
303 #define UNALIGNED_WORD_ASM_OP \
304 (PTR_SIZE == 8 ? UNALIGNED_DOUBLE_INT_ASM_OP : UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP)
305 #endif
306
307 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2
308 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
309 do { fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t", UNALIGNED_SHORT_ASM_OP); \
310 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL1); \
311 fprintf (FILE, "-"); \
312 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL2); \
313 } while (0)
314 #endif
315
316 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4
317 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
318 do { fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t", UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP); \
319 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL1); \
320 fprintf (FILE, "-"); \
321 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL2); \
322 } while (0)
323 #endif
324
325 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA
326 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
327 do { fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t", UNALIGNED_OFFSET_ASM_OP); \
328 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL1); \
329 fprintf (FILE, "-"); \
330 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL2); \
331 } while (0)
332 #endif
333
334 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DELTA
335 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DELTA(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
336 do { fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t", UNALIGNED_WORD_ASM_OP); \
337 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL1); \
338 fprintf (FILE, "-"); \
339 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL2); \
340 } while (0)
341 #endif
342
343 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR
344 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR(FILE,LABEL) \
345 do { fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t", UNALIGNED_WORD_ASM_OP); \
346 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL); \
347 } while (0)
348 #endif
349
350 /* ??? This macro takes an RTX in dwarfout.c and a string in dwarf2out.c.
351 We resolve the conflict by creating a new macro ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF2_ADDR_CONST
352 for ports that want to support both DWARF1 and DWARF2. This needs a better
353 solution. See also the comments in sparc/sp64-elf.h. */
354 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF2_ADDR_CONST
355 #undef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_CONST
356 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_CONST(FILE,ADDR) \
357 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF2_ADDR_CONST (FILE, ADDR)
358 #endif
359
360 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_CONST
361 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_CONST(FILE,ADDR) \
362 fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t%s", UNALIGNED_WORD_ASM_OP, (ADDR))
363 #endif
364
365 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET4
366 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET4(FILE,LABEL) \
367 do { fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t", UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP); \
368 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL); \
369 } while (0)
370 #endif
371
372 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET
373 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET(FILE,LABEL) \
374 do { fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t", UNALIGNED_OFFSET_ASM_OP); \
375 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL); \
376 } while (0)
377 #endif
378
379 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2
380 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2(FILE,VALUE) \
381 fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t0x%x", UNALIGNED_SHORT_ASM_OP, (unsigned) (VALUE))
382 #endif
383
384 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4
385 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4(FILE,VALUE) \
386 fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t0x%x", UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP, (unsigned) (VALUE))
387 #endif
388
389 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA
390 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA(FILE,VALUE) \
391 fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t0x%lx", UNALIGNED_OFFSET_ASM_OP, \
392 (unsigned long) (VALUE))
393 #endif
394
395 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DATA
396 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DATA(FILE,VALUE) \
397 fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t0x%lx", UNALIGNED_WORD_ASM_OP, \
398 (unsigned long) (VALUE))
399 #endif
400
401 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA8
402 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA8(FILE,HIGH_VALUE,LOW_VALUE) \
403 do { \
404 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) \
405 { \
406 fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t0x%lx\n", UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP, (HIGH_VALUE));\
407 fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t0x%lx", UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP, (LOW_VALUE));\
408 } \
409 else \
410 { \
411 fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t0x%lx\n", UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP, (LOW_VALUE)); \
412 fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t0x%lx", UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP, (HIGH_VALUE)); \
413 } \
414 } while (0)
415 #endif
416
417 #else /* UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP */
418
419 /* We don't have unaligned support, let's hope the normal output works for
420 .debug_frame. */
421
422 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR(FILE,LABEL) \
423 assemble_integer (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LABEL), PTR_SIZE, 1)
424
425 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET4(FILE,LABEL) \
426 assemble_integer (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (SImode, LABEL), 4, 1)
427
428 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET(FILE,LABEL) \
429 assemble_integer (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (SImode, LABEL), 4, 1)
430
431 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
432 assemble_integer (gen_rtx_MINUS (HImode, \
433 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LABEL1), \
434 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LABEL2)), \
435 2, 1)
436
437 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
438 assemble_integer (gen_rtx_MINUS (SImode, \
439 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LABEL1), \
440 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LABEL2)), \
441 4, 1)
442
443 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DELTA(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
444 assemble_integer (gen_rtx_MINUS (Pmode, \
445 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LABEL1), \
446 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LABEL2)), \
447 PTR_SIZE, 1)
448
449 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
450 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4 (FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2)
451
452 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4(FILE,VALUE) \
453 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (VALUE), 4, 1)
454
455 #endif /* UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP */
456
457 #ifdef SET_ASM_OP
458 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
459 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL(FILE, SY, HI, LO) \
460 do { \
461 fprintf (FILE, "\t%s\t", SET_ASM_OP); \
462 assemble_name (FILE, SY); \
463 fputc (',', FILE); \
464 assemble_name (FILE, HI); \
465 fputc ('-', FILE); \
466 assemble_name (FILE, LO); \
467 } while (0)
468 #endif
469 #endif /* SET_ASM_OP */
470
471 /* This is similar to the default ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII, except that no trailing
472 newline is produced. When flag_debug_asm is asserted, we add commentary
473 at the end of the line, so we must avoid output of a newline here. */
474 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_STRING
475 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_STRING(FILE,P) \
476 do { \
477 register int slen = strlen(P); \
478 register char *p = (P); \
479 register int i; \
480 fprintf (FILE, "\t.ascii \""); \
481 for (i = 0; i < slen; i++) \
482 { \
483 register int c = p[i]; \
484 if (c == '\"' || c == '\\') \
485 putc ('\\', FILE); \
486 if (c >= ' ' && c < 0177) \
487 putc (c, FILE); \
488 else \
489 { \
490 fprintf (FILE, "\\%o", c); \
491 } \
492 } \
493 fprintf (FILE, "\\0\""); \
494 } \
495 while (0)
496 #endif
497
498 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
499 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
500 registers. */
501 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
502 #ifdef PC_REGNUM
503 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
504 #else
505 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
506 #endif
507 #endif
508
509 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
510 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
511 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
512 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
513 #endif
514
515 /* Hook used by __throw. */
516
517 rtx
518 expand_builtin_dwarf_fp_regnum ()
519 {
520 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM));
521 }
522
523 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
524 for the current function. */
525 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
526 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
527 #endif
528
529 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
530 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
531
532 static inline char *
533 stripattributes (s)
534 char *s;
535 {
536 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
537 char *p = stripped;
538
539 *p++ = '*';
540
541 while (*s && *s != ',')
542 *p++ = *s++;
543
544 *p = '\0';
545 return stripped;
546 }
547
548 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
549
550 static unsigned
551 reg_number (rtl)
552 register rtx rtl;
553 {
554 register unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
555
556 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
557 {
558 warning ("internal regno botch: regno = %d\n", regno);
559 regno = 0;
560 }
561
562 regno = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
563 return regno;
564 }
565
566 struct reg_size_range
567 {
568 int beg;
569 int end;
570 int size;
571 };
572
573 /* Given a register number in REG_TREE, return an rtx for its size in bytes.
574 We do this in kind of a roundabout way, by building up a list of
575 register size ranges and seeing where our register falls in one of those
576 ranges. We need to do it this way because REG_TREE is not a constant,
577 and the target macros were not designed to make this task easy. */
578
579 rtx
580 expand_builtin_dwarf_reg_size (reg_tree, target)
581 tree reg_tree;
582 rtx target;
583 {
584 enum machine_mode mode;
585 int size;
586 struct reg_size_range ranges[5];
587 tree t, t2;
588
589 int i = 0;
590 int n_ranges = 0;
591 int last_size = -1;
592
593 for (; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; ++i)
594 {
595 /* The return address is out of order on the MIPS, and we don't use
596 copy_reg for it anyway, so we don't care here how large it is. */
597 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
598 continue;
599
600 mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
601
602 /* CCmode is arbitrarily given a size of 4 bytes. It is more useful
603 to use the same size as word_mode, since that reduces the number
604 of ranges we need. It should not matter, since the result should
605 never be used for a condition code register anyways. */
606 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_CC)
607 mode = word_mode;
608
609 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
610
611 /* If this register is not valid in the specified mode and
612 we have a previous size, use that for the size of this
613 register to avoid making junk tiny ranges. */
614 if (! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (i, mode) && last_size != -1)
615 size = last_size;
616
617 if (size != last_size)
618 {
619 ranges[n_ranges].beg = i;
620 ranges[n_ranges].size = last_size = size;
621 ++n_ranges;
622 if (n_ranges >= 5)
623 abort ();
624 }
625 ranges[n_ranges-1].end = i;
626 }
627
628 /* The usual case: fp regs surrounded by general regs. */
629 if (n_ranges == 3 && ranges[0].size == ranges[2].size)
630 {
631 if ((DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (ranges[1].end)
632 - DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (ranges[1].beg))
633 != ranges[1].end - ranges[1].beg)
634 abort ();
635 t = fold (build (GE_EXPR, integer_type_node, reg_tree,
636 build_int_2 (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (ranges[1].beg), 0)));
637 t2 = fold (build (LE_EXPR, integer_type_node, reg_tree,
638 build_int_2 (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (ranges[1].end), 0)));
639 t = fold (build (TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR, integer_type_node, t, t2));
640 t = fold (build (COND_EXPR, integer_type_node, t,
641 build_int_2 (ranges[1].size, 0),
642 build_int_2 (ranges[0].size, 0)));
643 }
644 else
645 {
646 /* Initialize last_end to be larger than any possible
647 DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM. */
648 int last_end = 0x7fffffff;
649 --n_ranges;
650 t = build_int_2 (ranges[n_ranges].size, 0);
651 do
652 {
653 int beg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (ranges[n_ranges].beg);
654 int end = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (ranges[n_ranges].end);
655 if (beg < 0)
656 continue;
657 if (end >= last_end)
658 abort ();
659 last_end = end;
660 if (end - beg != ranges[n_ranges].end - ranges[n_ranges].beg)
661 abort ();
662 t2 = fold (build (LE_EXPR, integer_type_node, reg_tree,
663 build_int_2 (end, 0)));
664 t = fold (build (COND_EXPR, integer_type_node, t2,
665 build_int_2 (ranges[n_ranges].size, 0), t));
666 }
667 while (--n_ranges >= 0);
668 }
669 return expand_expr (t, target, Pmode, 0);
670 }
671
672 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
673
674 static char *
675 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi_opc)
676 register unsigned cfi_opc;
677 {
678 switch (cfi_opc)
679 {
680 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
681 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
682 case DW_CFA_offset:
683 return "DW_CFA_offset";
684 case DW_CFA_restore:
685 return "DW_CFA_restore";
686 case DW_CFA_nop:
687 return "DW_CFA_nop";
688 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
689 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
690 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
691 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
692 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
693 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
694 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
695 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
696 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
697 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
698 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
699 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
700 case DW_CFA_undefined:
701 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
702 case DW_CFA_same_value:
703 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
704 case DW_CFA_register:
705 return "DW_CFA_register";
706 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
707 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
708 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
709 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
710 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
711 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
712 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
713 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
714 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
715 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
716
717 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
718 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
719 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
720
721 /* GNU extensions */
722 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
723 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
724 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
725 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
726
727 default:
728 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
729 }
730 }
731
732 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
733
734 static inline dw_cfi_ref
735 new_cfi ()
736 {
737 register dw_cfi_ref cfi = (dw_cfi_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
738
739 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
740 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
741 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
742
743 return cfi;
744 }
745
746 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
747
748 static inline void
749 add_cfi (list_head, cfi)
750 register dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
751 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
752 {
753 register dw_cfi_ref *p;
754
755 /* Find the end of the chain. */
756 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
757 ;
758
759 *p = cfi;
760 }
761
762 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
763
764 char *
765 dwarf2out_cfi_label ()
766 {
767 static char label[20];
768 static unsigned long label_num = 0;
769
770 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", label_num++);
771 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
772
773 return label;
774 }
775
776 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
777 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
778
779 static void
780 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi)
781 register char *label;
782 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
783 {
784 if (label)
785 {
786 register dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
787
788 if (*label == 0)
789 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
790
791 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
792 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
793 {
794 register dw_cfi_ref xcfi;
795
796 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
797
798 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
799 xcfi = new_cfi ();
800 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
801 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
802 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
803 }
804
805 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
806 }
807
808 else
809 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
810 }
811
812 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
813
814 static inline void
815 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, regp, offsetp)
816 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
817 register unsigned long *regp;
818 register long *offsetp;
819 {
820 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
821 {
822 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
823 *offsetp = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
824 break;
825 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
826 *regp = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
827 break;
828 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
829 *regp = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
830 *offsetp = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
831 break;
832 default:
833 break;
834 }
835 }
836
837 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
838
839 static void
840 lookup_cfa (regp, offsetp)
841 register unsigned long *regp;
842 register long *offsetp;
843 {
844 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
845
846 *regp = (unsigned long) -1;
847 *offsetp = 0;
848
849 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
850 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, regp, offsetp);
851
852 if (fde_table_in_use)
853 {
854 register dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
855 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
856 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, regp, offsetp);
857 }
858 }
859
860 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
861 static unsigned long cfa_reg;
862 static long cfa_offset;
863
864 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
865 from the CFA. */
866 static unsigned cfa_store_reg;
867 static long cfa_store_offset;
868
869 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
870 static long args_size;
871
872 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
873 static long old_args_size;
874
875 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
876 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
877 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
878
879 void
880 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label, reg, offset)
881 register char *label;
882 register unsigned reg;
883 register long offset;
884 {
885 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
886 unsigned long old_reg;
887 long old_offset;
888
889 cfa_reg = reg;
890 cfa_offset = offset;
891 if (cfa_store_reg == reg)
892 cfa_store_offset = offset;
893
894 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg);
895 lookup_cfa (&old_reg, &old_offset);
896
897 if (reg == old_reg && offset == old_offset)
898 return;
899
900 cfi = new_cfi ();
901
902 if (reg == old_reg)
903 {
904 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
905 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
906 }
907
908 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
909 else if (offset == old_offset && old_reg != (unsigned long) -1)
910 {
911 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
912 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
913 }
914 #endif
915
916 else
917 {
918 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
919 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
920 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
921 }
922
923 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
924 }
925
926 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
927 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
928 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
929 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
930
931 static void
932 reg_save (label, reg, sreg, offset)
933 register char * label;
934 register unsigned reg;
935 register unsigned sreg;
936 register long offset;
937 {
938 register dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
939
940 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
941
942 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
943 the value isn't a register number. */
944 if (sreg == (unsigned int) -1)
945 {
946 if (reg & ~0x3f)
947 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
948 the long form. */
949 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
950 else
951 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
952
953 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
954 if (offset < 0)
955 abort ();
956 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
957 }
958 else
959 {
960 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
961 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
962 }
963
964 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
965 }
966
967 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
968 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
969 from the previous frame's window save area.
970
971 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
972 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
973
974 void
975 dwarf2out_window_save (label)
976 register char * label;
977 {
978 register dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
979 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
980 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
981 }
982
983 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
984 pushed onto the stack. */
985
986 void
987 dwarf2out_args_size (label, size)
988 char *label;
989 long size;
990 {
991 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
992
993 if (size == old_args_size)
994 return;
995 old_args_size = size;
996
997 cfi = new_cfi ();
998 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
999 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
1000 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1001 }
1002
1003 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1004 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1005
1006 void
1007 dwarf2out_reg_save (label, reg, offset)
1008 register char * label;
1009 register unsigned reg;
1010 register long offset;
1011 {
1012 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), -1, offset);
1013 }
1014
1015 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1016 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1017
1018 void
1019 dwarf2out_return_save (label, offset)
1020 register char * label;
1021 register long offset;
1022 {
1023 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, -1, offset);
1024 }
1025
1026 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1027 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1028
1029 void
1030 dwarf2out_return_reg (label, sreg)
1031 register char * label;
1032 register unsigned sreg;
1033 {
1034 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, sreg, 0);
1035 }
1036
1037 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1038 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1039
1040 static void
1041 initial_return_save (rtl)
1042 register rtx rtl;
1043 {
1044 unsigned int reg = (unsigned int) -1;
1045 long offset = 0;
1046
1047 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1048 {
1049 case REG:
1050 /* RA is in a register. */
1051 reg = reg_number (rtl);
1052 break;
1053 case MEM:
1054 /* RA is on the stack. */
1055 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
1056 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1057 {
1058 case REG:
1059 if (REGNO (rtl) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1060 abort ();
1061 offset = 0;
1062 break;
1063 case PLUS:
1064 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1065 abort ();
1066 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1067 break;
1068 case MINUS:
1069 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1070 abort ();
1071 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1072 break;
1073 default:
1074 abort ();
1075 }
1076 break;
1077 case PLUS:
1078 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1079 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1080 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1081 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1082 abort ();
1083 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1084 return;
1085 default:
1086 abort ();
1087 }
1088
1089 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa_offset);
1090 }
1091
1092 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1093 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1094 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1095
1096 static void
1097 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn)
1098 rtx insn;
1099 {
1100 long offset;
1101 char *label;
1102
1103 if (! asynchronous_exceptions && GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
1104 {
1105 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1106
1107 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1108 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1109 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1110 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1111 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1112 assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1113 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1114 return;
1115 }
1116
1117 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1118 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1119 else if (! asynchronous_exceptions
1120 && cfa_reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1121 return;
1122
1123 if (GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
1124 {
1125 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1126 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1127 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1128 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1129 offset = -args_size;
1130 #else
1131 offset = args_size;
1132 #endif
1133 }
1134 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1135 {
1136 rtx src, dest;
1137 enum rtx_code code;
1138
1139 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1140 src = SET_SRC (insn);
1141 dest = SET_DEST (insn);
1142
1143 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1144 {
1145 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1146 code = GET_CODE (src);
1147 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1148 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1149 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1150 return;
1151
1152 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1153 }
1154 else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
1155 {
1156 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1157 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1158 code = GET_CODE (src);
1159
1160 if (! (code == PRE_DEC || code == PRE_INC)
1161 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
1162 return;
1163
1164 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1165 }
1166 else
1167 return;
1168
1169 if (code == PLUS || code == PRE_INC)
1170 offset = -offset;
1171 }
1172 else
1173 return;
1174
1175 if (offset == 0)
1176 return;
1177
1178 if (cfa_reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1179 cfa_offset += offset;
1180
1181 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1182 offset = -offset;
1183 #endif
1184 args_size += offset;
1185 if (args_size < 0)
1186 args_size = 0;
1187
1188 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1189 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label, cfa_reg, cfa_offset);
1190 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1191 }
1192
1193 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1194 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1195 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1196
1197 void
1198 dwarf2out_frame_debug (insn)
1199 rtx insn;
1200 {
1201 char *label;
1202 rtx src, dest;
1203 long offset;
1204
1205 /* A temporary register used in adjusting SP or setting up the store_reg. */
1206 static unsigned cfa_temp_reg;
1207 static long cfa_temp_value;
1208
1209 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1210 {
1211 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1212 lookup_cfa (&cfa_reg, &cfa_offset);
1213 if (cfa_reg != DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM))
1214 abort ();
1215 cfa_reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1216 cfa_store_reg = cfa_reg;
1217 cfa_store_offset = cfa_offset;
1218 cfa_temp_reg = -1;
1219 cfa_temp_value = 0;
1220 return;
1221 }
1222
1223 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1224 {
1225 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn);
1226 return;
1227 }
1228
1229 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1230
1231 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1232 if (src)
1233 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1234 else
1235 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1236
1237 /* Assume that in a PARALLEL prologue insn, only the first elt is
1238 significant. Currently this is true. */
1239 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1240 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1241 if (GET_CODE (insn) != SET)
1242 abort ();
1243
1244 src = SET_SRC (insn);
1245 dest = SET_DEST (insn);
1246
1247 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1248 {
1249 case REG:
1250 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1251 relative to the current CFA register. */
1252 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1253 {
1254 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1255 case REG:
1256 if (cfa_reg != (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1257 abort ();
1258 if (REGNO (dest) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1259 && !(frame_pointer_needed
1260 && REGNO (dest) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM))
1261 abort ();
1262 cfa_reg = REGNO (dest);
1263 break;
1264
1265 case PLUS:
1266 case MINUS:
1267 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1268 {
1269 /* Adjusting SP. */
1270 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1271 {
1272 case CONST_INT:
1273 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1274 break;
1275 case REG:
1276 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1)) != cfa_temp_reg)
1277 abort ();
1278 offset = cfa_temp_value;
1279 break;
1280 default:
1281 abort ();
1282 }
1283
1284 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1285 {
1286 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1287 if (cfa_reg != (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
1288 abort ();
1289 cfa_reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1290 }
1291 else if (XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
1292 abort ();
1293
1294 if (GET_CODE (src) == PLUS)
1295 offset = -offset;
1296 if (cfa_reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1297 cfa_offset += offset;
1298 if (cfa_store_reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1299 cfa_store_offset += offset;
1300 }
1301 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1302 {
1303 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1304 or adjusting the FP */
1305 if (! frame_pointer_needed
1306 || REGNO (dest) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
1307 abort ();
1308
1309 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
1310 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1311 {
1312 if (cfa_reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1313 abort ();
1314 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1315 if (GET_CODE (src) == PLUS)
1316 offset = -offset;
1317 cfa_offset += offset;
1318 cfa_reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1319 }
1320 else if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
1321 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1322 {
1323 if (cfa_reg != (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
1324 abort ();
1325 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1326 if (GET_CODE (src) == PLUS)
1327 offset = -offset;
1328 cfa_offset += offset;
1329 }
1330
1331 else
1332 abort();
1333 }
1334 else
1335 {
1336 if (GET_CODE (src) != PLUS
1337 || XEXP (src, 1) != stack_pointer_rtx)
1338 abort ();
1339 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) != REG
1340 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) != cfa_temp_reg)
1341 abort ();
1342 if (cfa_reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1343 abort ();
1344 cfa_store_reg = REGNO (dest);
1345 cfa_store_offset = cfa_offset - cfa_temp_value;
1346 }
1347 break;
1348
1349 case CONST_INT:
1350 cfa_temp_reg = REGNO (dest);
1351 cfa_temp_value = INTVAL (src);
1352 break;
1353
1354 case IOR:
1355 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) != REG
1356 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) != cfa_temp_reg
1357 || (unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp_reg
1358 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1359 abort ();
1360 cfa_temp_value |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1361 break;
1362
1363 default:
1364 abort ();
1365 }
1366 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label, cfa_reg, cfa_offset);
1367 break;
1368
1369 case MEM:
1370 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1371 CFA register. */
1372 if (GET_CODE (src) != REG)
1373 abort ();
1374 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1375 {
1376 /* With a push. */
1377 case PRE_INC:
1378 case PRE_DEC:
1379 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1380 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1381 offset = -offset;
1382
1383 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1384 || cfa_store_reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1385 abort ();
1386 cfa_store_offset += offset;
1387 if (cfa_reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1388 cfa_offset = cfa_store_offset;
1389
1390 offset = -cfa_store_offset;
1391 break;
1392
1393 /* With an offset. */
1394 case PLUS:
1395 case MINUS:
1396 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1397 if (GET_CODE (src) == MINUS)
1398 offset = -offset;
1399
1400 if (cfa_store_reg != (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1401 abort ();
1402 offset -= cfa_store_offset;
1403 break;
1404
1405 /* Without an offset. */
1406 case REG:
1407 if (cfa_store_reg != (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1408 abort();
1409 offset = -cfa_store_offset;
1410 break;
1411
1412 default:
1413 abort ();
1414 }
1415 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label, cfa_reg, cfa_offset);
1416 dwarf2out_reg_save (label, REGNO (src), offset);
1417 break;
1418
1419 default:
1420 abort ();
1421 }
1422 }
1423
1424 /* Return the size of an unsigned LEB128 quantity. */
1425
1426 static inline unsigned long
1427 size_of_uleb128 (value)
1428 register unsigned long value;
1429 {
1430 register unsigned long size = 0;
1431 register unsigned byte;
1432
1433 do
1434 {
1435 byte = (value & 0x7f);
1436 value >>= 7;
1437 size += 1;
1438 }
1439 while (value != 0);
1440
1441 return size;
1442 }
1443
1444 /* Return the size of a signed LEB128 quantity. */
1445
1446 static inline unsigned long
1447 size_of_sleb128 (value)
1448 register long value;
1449 {
1450 register unsigned long size = 0;
1451 register unsigned byte;
1452
1453 do
1454 {
1455 byte = (value & 0x7f);
1456 value >>= 7;
1457 size += 1;
1458 }
1459 while (!(((value == 0) && ((byte & 0x40) == 0))
1460 || ((value == -1) && ((byte & 0x40) != 0))));
1461
1462 return size;
1463 }
1464
1465 /* Output an unsigned LEB128 quantity. */
1466
1467 static void
1468 output_uleb128 (value)
1469 register unsigned long value;
1470 {
1471 unsigned long save_value = value;
1472
1473 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s\t", ASM_BYTE_OP);
1474 do
1475 {
1476 register unsigned byte = (value & 0x7f);
1477 value >>= 7;
1478 if (value != 0)
1479 /* More bytes to follow. */
1480 byte |= 0x80;
1481
1482 fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x", byte);
1483 if (value != 0)
1484 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",");
1485 }
1486 while (value != 0);
1487
1488 if (flag_debug_asm)
1489 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s ULEB128 0x%lx", ASM_COMMENT_START, save_value);
1490 }
1491
1492 /* Output an signed LEB128 quantity. */
1493
1494 static void
1495 output_sleb128 (value)
1496 register long value;
1497 {
1498 register int more;
1499 register unsigned byte;
1500 long save_value = value;
1501
1502 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s\t", ASM_BYTE_OP);
1503 do
1504 {
1505 byte = (value & 0x7f);
1506 /* arithmetic shift */
1507 value >>= 7;
1508 more = !((((value == 0) && ((byte & 0x40) == 0))
1509 || ((value == -1) && ((byte & 0x40) != 0))));
1510 if (more)
1511 byte |= 0x80;
1512
1513 fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x", byte);
1514 if (more)
1515 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",");
1516 }
1517
1518 while (more);
1519 if (flag_debug_asm)
1520 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s SLEB128 %ld", ASM_COMMENT_START, save_value);
1521 }
1522
1523 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1524
1525 static void
1526 output_cfi (cfi, fde)
1527 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
1528 register dw_fde_ref fde;
1529 {
1530 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
1531 {
1532 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file,
1533 cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1534 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f));
1535 if (flag_debug_asm)
1536 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1537 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1538 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1539 }
1540
1541 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
1542 {
1543 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file,
1544 cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1545 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f));
1546 if (flag_debug_asm)
1547 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1548 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1549
1550 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1551 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
1552 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1553 }
1554 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
1555 {
1556 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file,
1557 cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1558 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f));
1559 if (flag_debug_asm)
1560 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1561 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1562
1563 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1564 }
1565 else
1566 {
1567 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, cfi->dw_cfi_opc);
1568 if (flag_debug_asm)
1569 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s", ASM_COMMENT_START,
1570 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
1571
1572 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1573 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
1574 {
1575 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1576 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr);
1577 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1578 break;
1579 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1580 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA1 (asm_out_file,
1581 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1582 fde->dw_fde_current_label);
1583 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1584 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1585 break;
1586 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1587 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2 (asm_out_file,
1588 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1589 fde->dw_fde_current_label);
1590 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1591 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1592 break;
1593 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1594 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4 (asm_out_file,
1595 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1596 fde->dw_fde_current_label);
1597 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1598 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1599 break;
1600 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
1601 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1602 /* TODO: not currently implemented. */
1603 abort ();
1604 break;
1605 #endif
1606 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1607 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1608 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1609 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1610 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
1611 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1612 break;
1613 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1614 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1615 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1616 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1617 break;
1618 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1619 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1620 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1621 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1622 break;
1623 case DW_CFA_register:
1624 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1625 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1626 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1627 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1628 break;
1629 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1630 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1631 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1632 break;
1633 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1634 break;
1635 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1636 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1637 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1638 break;
1639 default:
1640 break;
1641 }
1642 }
1643 }
1644
1645 #if !defined (EH_FRAME_SECTION)
1646 #if defined (EH_FRAME_SECTION_ASM_OP)
1647 #define EH_FRAME_SECTION() eh_frame_section();
1648 #else
1649 #if defined (ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION_NAME)
1650 #define EH_FRAME_SECTION() \
1651 do { \
1652 named_section (NULL_TREE, ".eh_frame", 0); \
1653 } while (0)
1654 #endif
1655 #endif
1656 #endif
1657
1658 /* If we aren't using crtstuff to run ctors, don't use it for EH. */
1659 #if !defined (HAS_INIT_SECTION) && !defined (INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP)
1660 #undef EH_FRAME_SECTION
1661 #endif
1662
1663 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1664 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1665 location of saved registers. */
1666
1667 static void
1668 output_call_frame_info (for_eh)
1669 int for_eh;
1670 {
1671 register unsigned long i;
1672 register dw_fde_ref fde;
1673 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
1674 char l1[20], l2[20];
1675 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
1676 char ld[20];
1677 #endif
1678
1679 /* Do we want to include a pointer to the exception table? */
1680 int eh_ptr = for_eh && exception_table_p ();
1681
1682 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1683
1684 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1685 if (flag_debug_asm)
1686 app_enable ();
1687
1688 if (for_eh)
1689 {
1690 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION
1691 EH_FRAME_SECTION ();
1692 #else
1693 tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
1694
1695 force_data_section ();
1696 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
1697 ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
1698 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
1699 #endif
1700 assemble_label ("__FRAME_BEGIN__");
1701 }
1702 else
1703 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, FRAME_SECTION);
1704
1705 /* Output the CIE. */
1706 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
1707 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
1708 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
1709 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ld, CIE_LENGTH_LABEL, for_eh);
1710 if (for_eh)
1711 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET4 (asm_out_file, ld);
1712 else
1713 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, ld);
1714 #else
1715 if (for_eh)
1716 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4 (asm_out_file, l2, l1);
1717 else
1718 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA (asm_out_file, l2, l1);
1719 #endif
1720 if (flag_debug_asm)
1721 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Length of Common Information Entry",
1722 ASM_COMMENT_START);
1723
1724 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1725 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1726
1727 if (for_eh)
1728 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1729 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1730 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file, 0);
1731 else
1732 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file, DW_CIE_ID);
1733
1734 if (flag_debug_asm)
1735 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s CIE Identifier Tag", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1736
1737 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1738 if (! for_eh && DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
1739 {
1740 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file, DW_CIE_ID);
1741 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1742 }
1743
1744 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_CIE_VERSION);
1745 if (flag_debug_asm)
1746 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s CIE Version", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1747
1748 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1749 if (eh_ptr)
1750 {
1751 /* The CIE contains a pointer to the exception region info for the
1752 frame. Make the augmentation string three bytes (including the
1753 trailing null) so the pointer is 4-byte aligned. The Solaris ld
1754 can't handle unaligned relocs. */
1755 if (flag_debug_asm)
1756 {
1757 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_STRING (asm_out_file, "eh");
1758 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s CIE Augmentation", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1759 }
1760 else
1761 {
1762 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, "eh", 3);
1763 }
1764 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1765
1766 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, "__EXCEPTION_TABLE__");
1767 if (flag_debug_asm)
1768 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s pointer to exception region info",
1769 ASM_COMMENT_START);
1770 }
1771 else
1772 {
1773 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
1774 if (flag_debug_asm)
1775 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s CIE Augmentation (none)",
1776 ASM_COMMENT_START);
1777 }
1778
1779 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1780 output_uleb128 (1);
1781 if (flag_debug_asm)
1782 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (CIE Code Alignment Factor)");
1783
1784 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1785 output_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT);
1786 if (flag_debug_asm)
1787 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (CIE Data Alignment Factor)");
1788
1789 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1790 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
1791 if (flag_debug_asm)
1792 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s CIE RA Column", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1793
1794 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1795
1796 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
1797 output_cfi (cfi, NULL);
1798
1799 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
1800 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
1801 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
1802 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
1803 ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL (asm_out_file, ld, l2, l1);
1804 if (flag_debug_asm)
1805 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s CIE Length Symbol", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1806 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1807 #endif
1808
1809 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
1810 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; ++i)
1811 {
1812 fde = &fde_table[i];
1813
1814 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i*2);
1815 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i*2);
1816 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
1817 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ld, FDE_LENGTH_LABEL, for_eh + i*2);
1818 if (for_eh)
1819 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET4 (asm_out_file, ld);
1820 else
1821 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, ld);
1822 #else
1823 if (for_eh)
1824 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4 (asm_out_file, l2, l1);
1825 else
1826 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA (asm_out_file, l2, l1);
1827 #endif
1828 if (flag_debug_asm)
1829 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s FDE Length", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1830 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1831 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1832
1833 /* ??? This always emits a 4 byte offset when for_eh is true, but it
1834 emits a target dependent sized offset when for_eh is not true.
1835 This inconsistency may confuse gdb. The only case where we need a
1836 non-4 byte offset is for the Irix6 N64 ABI, so we may lose SGI
1837 compatibility if we emit a 4 byte offset. We need a 4 byte offset
1838 though in order to be compatible with the dwarf_fde struct in frame.c.
1839 If the for_eh case is changed, then the struct in frame.c has
1840 to be adjusted appropriately. */
1841 if (for_eh)
1842 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4 (asm_out_file, l1, "__FRAME_BEGIN__");
1843 else
1844 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, stripattributes (FRAME_SECTION));
1845 if (flag_debug_asm)
1846 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s FDE CIE offset", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1847
1848 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1849 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, fde->dw_fde_begin);
1850 if (flag_debug_asm)
1851 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s FDE initial location", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1852
1853 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1854 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DELTA (asm_out_file,
1855 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin);
1856 if (flag_debug_asm)
1857 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s FDE address range", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1858
1859 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1860
1861 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
1862 this FDE. */
1863 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
1864 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
1865 output_cfi (cfi, fde);
1866
1867 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
1868 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
1869 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
1870 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
1871 ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL (asm_out_file, ld, l2, l1);
1872 if (flag_debug_asm)
1873 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s FDE Length Symbol", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1874 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1875 #endif
1876 }
1877 #ifndef EH_FRAME_SECTION
1878 if (for_eh)
1879 {
1880 /* Emit terminating zero for table. */
1881 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file, 0);
1882 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1883 }
1884 #endif
1885 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
1886 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
1887 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
1888 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
1889 #endif
1890
1891 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
1892 if (flag_debug_asm)
1893 app_disable ();
1894 }
1895
1896 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
1897 the prologue. */
1898
1899 void
1900 dwarf2out_begin_prologue ()
1901 {
1902 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
1903 register dw_fde_ref fde;
1904
1905 ++current_funcdef_number;
1906
1907 function_section (current_function_decl);
1908 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
1909 current_funcdef_number);
1910 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
1911
1912 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
1913 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
1914 {
1915 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
1916 fde_table
1917 = (dw_fde_ref) xrealloc (fde_table,
1918 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
1919 }
1920
1921 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
1922 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
1923
1924 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
1925 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
1926 fde->dw_fde_begin = xstrdup (label);
1927 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
1928 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
1929 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
1930
1931 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
1932 }
1933
1934 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
1935 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
1936 been generated. */
1937
1938 void
1939 dwarf2out_end_epilogue ()
1940 {
1941 dw_fde_ref fde;
1942 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
1943
1944 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
1945 function. */
1946 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL, current_funcdef_number);
1947 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
1948 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
1949 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
1950 }
1951
1952 void
1953 dwarf2out_frame_init ()
1954 {
1955 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
1956 fde_table
1957 = (dw_fde_ref) xmalloc (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
1958 bzero ((char *) fde_table, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
1959 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
1960 fde_table_in_use = 0;
1961
1962 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
1963 sake of lookup_cfa. */
1964
1965 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1966 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
1967 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
1968 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
1969 #endif
1970 }
1971
1972 void
1973 dwarf2out_frame_finish ()
1974 {
1975 /* Output call frame information. */
1976 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
1977 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG)
1978 output_call_frame_info (0);
1979 if (flag_exceptions && ! exceptions_via_longjmp)
1980 output_call_frame_info (1);
1981 #else
1982 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
1983 || (flag_exceptions && ! exceptions_via_longjmp))
1984 output_call_frame_info (1);
1985 #endif
1986 }
1987
1988 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
1989
1990 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
1991 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
1992
1993 extern char *getpwd PROTO((void));
1994
1995 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
1996 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
1997 throughout the remainder of this file. */
1998
1999 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
2000 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
2001 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
2002 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
2003
2004 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2005 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2006 implementation are listed below. */
2007
2008 typedef enum
2009 {
2010 dw_val_class_addr,
2011 dw_val_class_loc,
2012 dw_val_class_const,
2013 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2014 dw_val_class_long_long,
2015 dw_val_class_float,
2016 dw_val_class_flag,
2017 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2018 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2019 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2020 dw_val_class_section_offset,
2021 dw_val_class_str
2022 }
2023 dw_val_class;
2024
2025 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
2026 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
2027
2028 typedef long int dw_offset;
2029
2030 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
2031
2032 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2033 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
2034 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2035 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
2036 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
2037 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2038 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
2039 typedef dw_die_ref *arange_ref;
2040
2041 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2042
2043 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
2044 {
2045 unsigned long hi;
2046 unsigned long low;
2047 }
2048 dw_long_long_const;
2049
2050 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2051
2052 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
2053 {
2054 long *array;
2055 unsigned length;
2056 }
2057 dw_float_const;
2058
2059 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
2060 line number associated with the label generated for that
2061 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
2062 the line number entry. */
2063
2064 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
2065 {
2066 unsigned long dw_file_num;
2067 unsigned long dw_line_num;
2068 }
2069 dw_line_info_entry;
2070
2071 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
2072 own sequence. */
2073 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
2074 {
2075 unsigned long dw_file_num;
2076 unsigned long dw_line_num;
2077 unsigned long function;
2078 }
2079 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
2080
2081 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2082 represented internally. */
2083
2084 typedef struct dw_val_struct
2085 {
2086 dw_val_class val_class;
2087 union
2088 {
2089 char *val_addr;
2090 dw_loc_descr_ref val_loc;
2091 long int val_int;
2092 long unsigned val_unsigned;
2093 dw_long_long_const val_long_long;
2094 dw_float_const val_float;
2095 dw_die_ref val_die_ref;
2096 unsigned val_fde_index;
2097 char *val_str;
2098 char *val_lbl_id;
2099 char *val_section;
2100 unsigned char val_flag;
2101 }
2102 v;
2103 }
2104 dw_val_node;
2105
2106 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2107 operations. */
2108
2109 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
2110 {
2111 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2112 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2113 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2114 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2115 }
2116 dw_loc_descr_node;
2117
2118 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
2119 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
2120 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
2121
2122 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
2123 {
2124 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
2125 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
2126 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
2127 }
2128 dw_attr_node;
2129
2130 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
2131
2132 typedef struct die_struct
2133 {
2134 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
2135 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
2136 dw_attr_ref die_attr_last;
2137 dw_die_ref die_parent;
2138 dw_die_ref die_child;
2139 dw_die_ref die_child_last;
2140 dw_die_ref die_sib;
2141 dw_offset die_offset;
2142 unsigned long die_abbrev;
2143 }
2144 die_node;
2145
2146 /* The pubname structure */
2147
2148 typedef struct pubname_struct
2149 {
2150 dw_die_ref die;
2151 char * name;
2152 }
2153 pubname_entry;
2154
2155 /* The limbo die list structure. */
2156 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
2157 {
2158 dw_die_ref die;
2159 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
2160 }
2161 limbo_die_node;
2162
2163 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
2164 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
2165 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
2166 #endif
2167
2168 /* Define a macro which returns non-zero for a TYPE_DECL which was
2169 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
2170
2171 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
2172 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
2173 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
2174 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
2175 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
2176 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
2177
2178 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
2179 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
2180 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
2181 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
2182 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
2183 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
2184 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
2185 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
2186 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
2187 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
2188
2189 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
2190 language, and compiler version. */
2191
2192 extern int flag_traditional;
2193 extern char *version_string;
2194 extern char *language_string;
2195
2196 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
2197 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
2198
2199 /* Fixed size portion of debugging line information prolog. */
2200 #define DWARF_LINE_PROLOG_HEADER_SIZE 5
2201
2202 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
2203 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
2204
2205 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
2206 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
2207 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, PTR_SIZE * 2) - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
2208
2209 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in bytes).
2210 In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for information
2211 purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language, we have
2212 no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are generated
2213 for each source line, and therefore can use only the DW_LNE_set_address
2214 and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information commands. */
2215
2216 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH
2217 #define DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH 4
2218 #endif
2219
2220 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
2221 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
2222 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
2223
2224 /* First special line opcde - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
2225 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
2226
2227 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
2228 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
2229
2230 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
2231 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
2232 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
2233 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
2234 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
2235
2236 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
2237 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
2238 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
2239
2240 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
2241 static dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
2242
2243 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
2244 static limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list = 0;
2245
2246 /* Pointer to an array of filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
2247 static char **file_table;
2248
2249 /* Total number of entries in the table (i.e. array) pointed to by
2250 `file_table'. This is the *total* and includes both used and unused
2251 slots. */
2252 static unsigned file_table_allocated;
2253
2254 /* Number of entries in the file_table which are actually in use. */
2255 static unsigned file_table_in_use;
2256
2257 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the filename
2258 table. */
2259 #define FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
2260
2261 /* Local pointer to the name of the main input file. Initialized in
2262 dwarf2out_init. */
2263 static char *primary_filename;
2264
2265 /* For Dwarf output, we must assign lexical-blocks id numbers in the order in
2266 which their beginnings are encountered. We output Dwarf debugging info
2267 that refers to the beginnings and ends of the ranges of code for each
2268 lexical block. The labels themselves are generated in final.c, which
2269 assigns numbers to the blocks in the same way. */
2270 static unsigned next_block_number = 2;
2271
2272 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
2273 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
2274 number identifying each decl. */
2275 static dw_die_ref *decl_die_table;
2276
2277 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
2278 static unsigned decl_die_table_allocated;
2279
2280 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
2281 static unsigned decl_die_table_in_use;
2282
2283 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
2284 decl_die_table. */
2285 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
2286
2287 /* Structure used for the decl_scope table. scope is the current declaration
2288 scope, and previous is the entry that is the parent of this scope. This
2289 is usually but not always the immediately preceeding entry. */
2290
2291 typedef struct decl_scope_struct
2292 {
2293 tree scope;
2294 int previous;
2295 }
2296 decl_scope_node;
2297
2298 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
2299 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
2300 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
2301 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
2302 define type declaration DIE's. */
2303 static decl_scope_node *decl_scope_table;
2304
2305 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_scope_table. */
2306 static int decl_scope_table_allocated;
2307
2308 /* Current level of nesting of declaration scopes. */
2309 static int decl_scope_depth;
2310
2311 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
2312 decl_scope_table. */
2313 #define DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
2314
2315 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
2316 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
2317 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
2318 static dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
2319
2320 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
2321 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
2322
2323 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
2324 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
2325
2326 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
2327 abbrev_die_table. */
2328 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
2329
2330 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
2331 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
2332 static dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
2333
2334 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
2335 static unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
2336
2337 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
2338 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
2339
2340 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
2341 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
2342 static dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
2343
2344 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
2345 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
2346
2347 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
2348 static unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
2349
2350 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
2351 line_info_table. */
2352 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
2353
2354 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
2355 accessible names. */
2356 static pubname_ref pubname_table;
2357
2358 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
2359 static unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
2360
2361 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
2362 static unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
2363
2364 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
2365 pubname_table. */
2366 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
2367
2368 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
2369 accessible names. */
2370 static arange_ref arange_table;
2371
2372 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
2373 static unsigned arange_table_allocated;
2374
2375 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
2376 static unsigned arange_table_in_use;
2377
2378 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
2379 arange_table. */
2380 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
2381
2382 /* A pointer to the base of a list of pending types which we haven't
2383 generated DIEs for yet, but which we will have to come back to
2384 later on. */
2385
2386 static tree *pending_types_list;
2387
2388 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the pending_types_list. */
2389 static unsigned pending_types_allocated;
2390
2391 /* Number of elements of pending_types_list currently in use. */
2392 static unsigned pending_types;
2393
2394 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the pending
2395 types list. Actually, a single hunk of space of this size should
2396 be enough for most typical programs. */
2397 #define PENDING_TYPES_INCREMENT 64
2398
2399 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
2400 static int current_function_has_inlines;
2401 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
2402 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
2403 #endif
2404
2405 /* A pointer to the ..._DECL node which we have most recently been working
2406 on. We keep this around just in case something about it looks screwy and
2407 we want to tell the user what the source coordinates for the actual
2408 declaration are. */
2409 static tree dwarf_last_decl;
2410
2411 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
2412
2413 static void addr_const_to_string PROTO((dyn_string_t, rtx));
2414 static char *addr_to_string PROTO((rtx));
2415 static int is_pseudo_reg PROTO((rtx));
2416 static tree type_main_variant PROTO((tree));
2417 static int is_tagged_type PROTO((tree));
2418 static char *dwarf_tag_name PROTO((unsigned));
2419 static char *dwarf_attr_name PROTO((unsigned));
2420 static char *dwarf_form_name PROTO((unsigned));
2421 static char *dwarf_stack_op_name PROTO((unsigned));
2422 #if 0
2423 static char *dwarf_type_encoding_name PROTO((unsigned));
2424 #endif
2425 static tree decl_ultimate_origin PROTO((tree));
2426 static tree block_ultimate_origin PROTO((tree));
2427 static tree decl_class_context PROTO((tree));
2428 static void add_dwarf_attr PROTO((dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref));
2429 static void add_AT_flag PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2430 enum dwarf_attribute,
2431 unsigned));
2432 static void add_AT_int PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2433 enum dwarf_attribute, long));
2434 static void add_AT_unsigned PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2435 enum dwarf_attribute,
2436 unsigned long));
2437 static void add_AT_long_long PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2438 enum dwarf_attribute,
2439 unsigned long, unsigned long));
2440 static void add_AT_float PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2441 enum dwarf_attribute,
2442 unsigned, long *));
2443 static void add_AT_string PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2444 enum dwarf_attribute, char *));
2445 static void add_AT_die_ref PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2446 enum dwarf_attribute,
2447 dw_die_ref));
2448 static void add_AT_fde_ref PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2449 enum dwarf_attribute,
2450 unsigned));
2451 static void add_AT_loc PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2452 enum dwarf_attribute,
2453 dw_loc_descr_ref));
2454 static void add_AT_addr PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2455 enum dwarf_attribute, char *));
2456 static void add_AT_lbl_id PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2457 enum dwarf_attribute, char *));
2458 static void add_AT_section_offset PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2459 enum dwarf_attribute, char *));
2460 static int is_extern_subr_die PROTO((dw_die_ref));
2461 static dw_attr_ref get_AT PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2462 enum dwarf_attribute));
2463 static char *get_AT_low_pc PROTO((dw_die_ref));
2464 static char *get_AT_hi_pc PROTO((dw_die_ref));
2465 static char *get_AT_string PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2466 enum dwarf_attribute));
2467 static int get_AT_flag PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2468 enum dwarf_attribute));
2469 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2470 enum dwarf_attribute));
2471 static int is_c_family PROTO((void));
2472 static int is_fortran PROTO((void));
2473 static void remove_AT PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2474 enum dwarf_attribute));
2475 static void remove_children PROTO((dw_die_ref));
2476 static void add_child_die PROTO((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
2477 static dw_die_ref new_die PROTO((enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref));
2478 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die PROTO((tree));
2479 static void equate_type_number_to_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2480 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die PROTO((tree));
2481 static void equate_decl_number_to_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2482 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr PROTO((enum dwarf_location_atom,
2483 unsigned long, unsigned long));
2484 static void add_loc_descr PROTO((dw_loc_descr_ref *,
2485 dw_loc_descr_ref));
2486 static void print_spaces PROTO((FILE *));
2487 static void print_die PROTO((dw_die_ref, FILE *));
2488 static void print_dwarf_line_table PROTO((FILE *));
2489 static void add_sibling_attributes PROTO((dw_die_ref));
2490 static void build_abbrev_table PROTO((dw_die_ref));
2491 static unsigned long size_of_string PROTO((char *));
2492 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr PROTO((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2493 static unsigned long size_of_locs PROTO((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2494 static int constant_size PROTO((long unsigned));
2495 static unsigned long size_of_die PROTO((dw_die_ref));
2496 static void calc_die_sizes PROTO((dw_die_ref));
2497 static unsigned long size_of_line_prolog PROTO((void));
2498 static unsigned long size_of_line_info PROTO((void));
2499 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames PROTO((void));
2500 static unsigned long size_of_aranges PROTO((void));
2501 static enum dwarf_form value_format PROTO((dw_val_ref));
2502 static void output_value_format PROTO((dw_val_ref));
2503 static void output_abbrev_section PROTO((void));
2504 static void output_loc_operands PROTO((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2505 static unsigned long sibling_offset PROTO((dw_die_ref));
2506 static void output_die PROTO((dw_die_ref));
2507 static void output_compilation_unit_header PROTO((void));
2508 static char *dwarf2_name PROTO((tree, int));
2509 static void add_pubname PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2510 static void output_pubnames PROTO((void));
2511 static void add_arange PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2512 static void output_aranges PROTO((void));
2513 static void output_line_info PROTO((void));
2514 static int is_body_block PROTO((tree));
2515 static dw_die_ref base_type_die PROTO((tree));
2516 static tree root_type PROTO((tree));
2517 static int is_base_type PROTO((tree));
2518 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die PROTO((tree, int, int, dw_die_ref));
2519 static int type_is_enum PROTO((tree));
2520 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor PROTO((rtx));
2521 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr PROTO((unsigned, long));
2522 static int is_based_loc PROTO((rtx));
2523 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor PROTO((rtx));
2524 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor PROTO((rtx, rtx));
2525 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor PROTO((rtx));
2526 static unsigned ceiling PROTO((unsigned, unsigned));
2527 static tree field_type PROTO((tree));
2528 static unsigned simple_type_align_in_bits PROTO((tree));
2529 static unsigned simple_type_size_in_bits PROTO((tree));
2530 static unsigned field_byte_offset PROTO((tree));
2531 static void add_AT_location_description PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2532 enum dwarf_attribute, rtx));
2533 static void add_data_member_location_attribute PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree));
2534 static void add_const_value_attribute PROTO((dw_die_ref, rtx));
2535 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree));
2536 static void add_name_attribute PROTO((dw_die_ref, char *));
2537 static void add_bound_info PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2538 enum dwarf_attribute, tree));
2539 static void add_subscript_info PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree));
2540 static void add_byte_size_attribute PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree));
2541 static void add_bit_offset_attribute PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree));
2542 static void add_bit_size_attribute PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree));
2543 static void add_prototyped_attribute PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree));
2544 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree));
2545 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree));
2546 static void add_src_coords_attributes PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree));
2547 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree));
2548 static void push_decl_scope PROTO((tree));
2549 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2550 static void pop_decl_scope PROTO((void));
2551 static void add_type_attribute PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree, int, int,
2552 dw_die_ref));
2553 static char *type_tag PROTO((tree));
2554 static tree member_declared_type PROTO((tree));
2555 #if 0
2556 static char *decl_start_label PROTO((tree));
2557 #endif
2558 static void gen_array_type_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2559 static void gen_set_type_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2560 #if 0
2561 static void gen_entry_point_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2562 #endif
2563 static void pend_type PROTO((tree));
2564 static void output_pending_types_for_scope PROTO((dw_die_ref));
2565 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2566 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2567 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2568 static void gen_enumeration_type_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2569 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2570 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2571 static void gen_formal_types_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2572 static void gen_subprogram_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2573 static void gen_variable_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2574 static void gen_label_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2575 static void gen_lexical_block_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
2576 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
2577 static void gen_field_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2578 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2579 static void gen_compile_unit_die PROTO((char *));
2580 static void gen_string_type_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2581 static void gen_inheritance_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2582 static void gen_member_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2583 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2584 static void gen_subroutine_type_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2585 static void gen_typedef_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2586 static void gen_type_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2587 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2588 static void gen_block_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
2589 static void decls_for_scope PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
2590 static int is_redundant_typedef PROTO((tree));
2591 static void gen_decl_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2592 static unsigned lookup_filename PROTO((char *));
2593
2594 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
2595 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
2596 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
2597 #endif
2598 #ifndef ABBREV_SECTION
2599 #define ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
2600 #endif
2601 #ifndef ARANGES_SECTION
2602 #define ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
2603 #endif
2604 #ifndef DW_MACINFO_SECTION
2605 #define DW_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
2606 #endif
2607 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
2608 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
2609 #endif
2610 #ifndef LOC_SECTION
2611 #define LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
2612 #endif
2613 #ifndef PUBNAMES_SECTION
2614 #define PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
2615 #endif
2616 #ifndef STR_SECTION
2617 #define STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
2618 #endif
2619
2620 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
2621 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION
2622 #define TEXT_SECTION ".text"
2623 #endif
2624 #ifndef DATA_SECTION
2625 #define DATA_SECTION ".data"
2626 #endif
2627 #ifndef BSS_SECTION
2628 #define BSS_SECTION ".bss"
2629 #endif
2630
2631
2632 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
2633 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
2634 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
2635 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
2636 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
2637
2638 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2639
2640 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
2641 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
2642 #endif
2643 #ifndef DATA_END_LABEL
2644 #define DATA_END_LABEL "Ledata"
2645 #endif
2646 #ifndef BSS_END_LABEL
2647 #define BSS_END_LABEL "Lebss"
2648 #endif
2649 #ifndef INSN_LABEL_FMT
2650 #define INSN_LABEL_FMT "LI%u_"
2651 #endif
2652 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
2653 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
2654 #endif
2655 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
2656 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
2657 #endif
2658 #ifndef BODY_BEGIN_LABEL
2659 #define BODY_BEGIN_LABEL "Lbb"
2660 #endif
2661 #ifndef BODY_END_LABEL
2662 #define BODY_END_LABEL "Lbe"
2663 #endif
2664 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
2665 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
2666 #endif
2667 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
2668 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
2669 #endif
2670
2671 /* Convert a reference to the assembler name of a C-level name. This
2672 macro has the same effect as ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, but copies to
2673 a string rather than writing to a file. */
2674 #ifndef ASM_NAME_TO_STRING
2675 #define ASM_NAME_TO_STRING(STR, NAME) \
2676 do { \
2677 if ((NAME)[0] == '*') \
2678 dyn_string_append (STR, NAME + 1); \
2679 else \
2680 { \
2681 dyn_string_append (STR, user_label_prefix); \
2682 dyn_string_append (STR, NAME); \
2683 } \
2684 } \
2685 while (0)
2686 #endif
2687 \f
2688 /* Convert an integer constant expression into assembler syntax. Addition
2689 and subtraction are the only arithmetic that may appear in these
2690 expressions. This is an adaptation of output_addr_const in final.c.
2691 Here, the target of the conversion is a string buffer. We can't use
2692 output_addr_const directly, because it writes to a file. */
2693
2694 static void
2695 addr_const_to_string (str, x)
2696 dyn_string_t str;
2697 rtx x;
2698 {
2699 char buf1[256];
2700
2701 restart:
2702 switch (GET_CODE (x))
2703 {
2704 case PC:
2705 if (flag_pic)
2706 dyn_string_append (str, ",");
2707 else
2708 abort ();
2709 break;
2710
2711 case SYMBOL_REF:
2712 ASM_NAME_TO_STRING (str, XSTR (x, 0));
2713 break;
2714
2715 case LABEL_REF:
2716 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf1, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (XEXP (x, 0)));
2717 ASM_NAME_TO_STRING (str, buf1);
2718 break;
2719
2720 case CODE_LABEL:
2721 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf1, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (x));
2722 ASM_NAME_TO_STRING (str, buf1);
2723 break;
2724
2725 case CONST_INT:
2726 sprintf (buf1, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, INTVAL (x));
2727 dyn_string_append (str, buf1);
2728 break;
2729
2730 case CONST:
2731 /* This used to output parentheses around the expression, but that does
2732 not work on the 386 (either ATT or BSD assembler). */
2733 addr_const_to_string (str, XEXP (x, 0));
2734 break;
2735
2736 case CONST_DOUBLE:
2737 if (GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode)
2738 {
2739 /* We can use %d if the number is one word and positive. */
2740 if (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x))
2741 sprintf (buf1, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DOUBLE_HEX,
2742 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x));
2743 else if (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) < 0)
2744 sprintf (buf1, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX, CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x));
2745 else
2746 sprintf (buf1, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
2747 CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x));
2748 dyn_string_append (str, buf1);
2749 }
2750 else
2751 /* We can't handle floating point constants; PRINT_OPERAND must
2752 handle them. */
2753 output_operand_lossage ("floating constant misused");
2754 break;
2755
2756 case PLUS:
2757 /* Some assemblers need integer constants to appear last (eg masm). */
2758 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == CONST_INT)
2759 {
2760 addr_const_to_string (str, XEXP (x, 1));
2761 if (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 0)) >= 0)
2762 dyn_string_append (str, "+");
2763
2764 addr_const_to_string (str, XEXP (x, 0));
2765 }
2766 else
2767 {
2768 addr_const_to_string (str, XEXP (x, 0));
2769 if (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) >= 0)
2770 dyn_string_append (str, "+");
2771
2772 addr_const_to_string (str, XEXP (x, 1));
2773 }
2774 break;
2775
2776 case MINUS:
2777 /* Avoid outputting things like x-x or x+5-x, since some assemblers
2778 can't handle that. */
2779 x = simplify_subtraction (x);
2780 if (GET_CODE (x) != MINUS)
2781 goto restart;
2782
2783 addr_const_to_string (str, XEXP (x, 0));
2784 dyn_string_append (str, "-");
2785 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
2786 && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) < 0)
2787 {
2788 dyn_string_append (str, ASM_OPEN_PAREN);
2789 addr_const_to_string (str, XEXP (x, 1));
2790 dyn_string_append (str, ASM_CLOSE_PAREN);
2791 }
2792 else
2793 addr_const_to_string (str, XEXP (x, 1));
2794 break;
2795
2796 case ZERO_EXTEND:
2797 case SIGN_EXTEND:
2798 addr_const_to_string (str, XEXP (x, 0));
2799 break;
2800
2801 default:
2802 output_operand_lossage ("invalid expression as operand");
2803 }
2804 }
2805
2806 /* Convert an address constant to a string, and return a pointer to
2807 a copy of the result, located on the heap. */
2808
2809 static char *
2810 addr_to_string (x)
2811 rtx x;
2812 {
2813 dyn_string_t ds = dyn_string_new (256);
2814 char *s;
2815
2816 addr_const_to_string (ds, x);
2817
2818 /* Return the dynamically allocated string, but free the
2819 dyn_string_t itself. */
2820 s = ds->s;
2821 free (ds);
2822 return s;
2823 }
2824
2825 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
2826
2827 static inline int
2828 is_pseudo_reg (rtl)
2829 register rtx rtl;
2830 {
2831 return (((GET_CODE (rtl) == REG) && (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))
2832 || ((GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG)
2833 && (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)));
2834 }
2835
2836 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
2837 removed. */
2838
2839 static inline tree
2840 type_main_variant (type)
2841 register tree type;
2842 {
2843 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
2844
2845 /* There really should be only one main variant among any group of variants
2846 of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all members of
2847 the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C front-end
2848 messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug here. */
2849
2850 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
2851 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
2852 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
2853
2854 return type;
2855 }
2856
2857 /* Return non-zero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
2858
2859 static inline int
2860 is_tagged_type (type)
2861 register tree type;
2862 {
2863 register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
2864
2865 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
2866 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
2867 }
2868
2869 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
2870
2871 static char *
2872 dwarf_tag_name (tag)
2873 register unsigned tag;
2874 {
2875 switch (tag)
2876 {
2877 case DW_TAG_padding:
2878 return "DW_TAG_padding";
2879 case DW_TAG_array_type:
2880 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
2881 case DW_TAG_class_type:
2882 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
2883 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
2884 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
2885 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
2886 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
2887 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
2888 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
2889 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
2890 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
2891 case DW_TAG_label:
2892 return "DW_TAG_label";
2893 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
2894 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
2895 case DW_TAG_member:
2896 return "DW_TAG_member";
2897 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
2898 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
2899 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
2900 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
2901 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
2902 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
2903 case DW_TAG_string_type:
2904 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
2905 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
2906 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
2907 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
2908 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
2909 case DW_TAG_typedef:
2910 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
2911 case DW_TAG_union_type:
2912 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
2913 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
2914 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
2915 case DW_TAG_variant:
2916 return "DW_TAG_variant";
2917 case DW_TAG_common_block:
2918 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
2919 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
2920 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
2921 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
2922 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
2923 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
2924 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
2925 case DW_TAG_module:
2926 return "DW_TAG_module";
2927 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
2928 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
2929 case DW_TAG_set_type:
2930 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
2931 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
2932 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
2933 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
2934 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
2935 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
2936 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
2937 case DW_TAG_base_type:
2938 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
2939 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
2940 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
2941 case DW_TAG_const_type:
2942 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
2943 case DW_TAG_constant:
2944 return "DW_TAG_constant";
2945 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
2946 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
2947 case DW_TAG_file_type:
2948 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
2949 case DW_TAG_friend:
2950 return "DW_TAG_friend";
2951 case DW_TAG_namelist:
2952 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
2953 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
2954 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
2955 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
2956 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
2957 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
2958 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
2959 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
2960 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
2961 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
2962 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
2963 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
2964 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
2965 case DW_TAG_try_block:
2966 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
2967 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
2968 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
2969 case DW_TAG_variable:
2970 return "DW_TAG_variable";
2971 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
2972 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
2973 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
2974 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
2975 case DW_TAG_format_label:
2976 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
2977 case DW_TAG_function_template:
2978 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
2979 case DW_TAG_class_template:
2980 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
2981 default:
2982 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
2983 }
2984 }
2985
2986 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
2987
2988 static char *
2989 dwarf_attr_name (attr)
2990 register unsigned attr;
2991 {
2992 switch (attr)
2993 {
2994 case DW_AT_sibling:
2995 return "DW_AT_sibling";
2996 case DW_AT_location:
2997 return "DW_AT_location";
2998 case DW_AT_name:
2999 return "DW_AT_name";
3000 case DW_AT_ordering:
3001 return "DW_AT_ordering";
3002 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
3003 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
3004 case DW_AT_byte_size:
3005 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
3006 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
3007 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
3008 case DW_AT_bit_size:
3009 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
3010 case DW_AT_element_list:
3011 return "DW_AT_element_list";
3012 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
3013 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
3014 case DW_AT_low_pc:
3015 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
3016 case DW_AT_high_pc:
3017 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
3018 case DW_AT_language:
3019 return "DW_AT_language";
3020 case DW_AT_member:
3021 return "DW_AT_member";
3022 case DW_AT_discr:
3023 return "DW_AT_discr";
3024 case DW_AT_discr_value:
3025 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
3026 case DW_AT_visibility:
3027 return "DW_AT_visibility";
3028 case DW_AT_import:
3029 return "DW_AT_import";
3030 case DW_AT_string_length:
3031 return "DW_AT_string_length";
3032 case DW_AT_common_reference:
3033 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
3034 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
3035 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
3036 case DW_AT_const_value:
3037 return "DW_AT_const_value";
3038 case DW_AT_containing_type:
3039 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
3040 case DW_AT_default_value:
3041 return "DW_AT_default_value";
3042 case DW_AT_inline:
3043 return "DW_AT_inline";
3044 case DW_AT_is_optional:
3045 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
3046 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
3047 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
3048 case DW_AT_producer:
3049 return "DW_AT_producer";
3050 case DW_AT_prototyped:
3051 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
3052 case DW_AT_return_addr:
3053 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
3054 case DW_AT_start_scope:
3055 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
3056 case DW_AT_stride_size:
3057 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
3058 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
3059 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
3060 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
3061 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
3062 case DW_AT_accessibility:
3063 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
3064 case DW_AT_address_class:
3065 return "DW_AT_address_class";
3066 case DW_AT_artificial:
3067 return "DW_AT_artificial";
3068 case DW_AT_base_types:
3069 return "DW_AT_base_types";
3070 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
3071 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
3072 case DW_AT_count:
3073 return "DW_AT_count";
3074 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
3075 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
3076 case DW_AT_decl_column:
3077 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
3078 case DW_AT_decl_file:
3079 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
3080 case DW_AT_decl_line:
3081 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
3082 case DW_AT_declaration:
3083 return "DW_AT_declaration";
3084 case DW_AT_discr_list:
3085 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
3086 case DW_AT_encoding:
3087 return "DW_AT_encoding";
3088 case DW_AT_external:
3089 return "DW_AT_external";
3090 case DW_AT_frame_base:
3091 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
3092 case DW_AT_friend:
3093 return "DW_AT_friend";
3094 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
3095 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
3096 case DW_AT_macro_info:
3097 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
3098 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
3099 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
3100 case DW_AT_priority:
3101 return "DW_AT_priority";
3102 case DW_AT_segment:
3103 return "DW_AT_segment";
3104 case DW_AT_specification:
3105 return "DW_AT_specification";
3106 case DW_AT_static_link:
3107 return "DW_AT_static_link";
3108 case DW_AT_type:
3109 return "DW_AT_type";
3110 case DW_AT_use_location:
3111 return "DW_AT_use_location";
3112 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
3113 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
3114 case DW_AT_virtuality:
3115 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
3116 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
3117 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
3118
3119 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
3120 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
3121 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
3122 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
3123 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
3124 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
3125 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
3126 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
3127 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
3128 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
3129 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
3130 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
3131 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
3132 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
3133 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
3134 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
3135 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
3136 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
3137 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
3138 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
3139 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
3140 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
3141
3142 case DW_AT_sf_names:
3143 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
3144 case DW_AT_src_info:
3145 return "DW_AT_src_info";
3146 case DW_AT_mac_info:
3147 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
3148 case DW_AT_src_coords:
3149 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
3150 case DW_AT_body_begin:
3151 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
3152 case DW_AT_body_end:
3153 return "DW_AT_body_end";
3154 default:
3155 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
3156 }
3157 }
3158
3159 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
3160
3161 static char *
3162 dwarf_form_name (form)
3163 register unsigned form;
3164 {
3165 switch (form)
3166 {
3167 case DW_FORM_addr:
3168 return "DW_FORM_addr";
3169 case DW_FORM_block2:
3170 return "DW_FORM_block2";
3171 case DW_FORM_block4:
3172 return "DW_FORM_block4";
3173 case DW_FORM_data2:
3174 return "DW_FORM_data2";
3175 case DW_FORM_data4:
3176 return "DW_FORM_data4";
3177 case DW_FORM_data8:
3178 return "DW_FORM_data8";
3179 case DW_FORM_string:
3180 return "DW_FORM_string";
3181 case DW_FORM_block:
3182 return "DW_FORM_block";
3183 case DW_FORM_block1:
3184 return "DW_FORM_block1";
3185 case DW_FORM_data1:
3186 return "DW_FORM_data1";
3187 case DW_FORM_flag:
3188 return "DW_FORM_flag";
3189 case DW_FORM_sdata:
3190 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
3191 case DW_FORM_strp:
3192 return "DW_FORM_strp";
3193 case DW_FORM_udata:
3194 return "DW_FORM_udata";
3195 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
3196 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
3197 case DW_FORM_ref1:
3198 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
3199 case DW_FORM_ref2:
3200 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
3201 case DW_FORM_ref4:
3202 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
3203 case DW_FORM_ref8:
3204 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
3205 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
3206 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
3207 case DW_FORM_indirect:
3208 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
3209 default:
3210 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
3211 }
3212 }
3213
3214 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
3215
3216 static char *
3217 dwarf_stack_op_name (op)
3218 register unsigned op;
3219 {
3220 switch (op)
3221 {
3222 case DW_OP_addr:
3223 return "DW_OP_addr";
3224 case DW_OP_deref:
3225 return "DW_OP_deref";
3226 case DW_OP_const1u:
3227 return "DW_OP_const1u";
3228 case DW_OP_const1s:
3229 return "DW_OP_const1s";
3230 case DW_OP_const2u:
3231 return "DW_OP_const2u";
3232 case DW_OP_const2s:
3233 return "DW_OP_const2s";
3234 case DW_OP_const4u:
3235 return "DW_OP_const4u";
3236 case DW_OP_const4s:
3237 return "DW_OP_const4s";
3238 case DW_OP_const8u:
3239 return "DW_OP_const8u";
3240 case DW_OP_const8s:
3241 return "DW_OP_const8s";
3242 case DW_OP_constu:
3243 return "DW_OP_constu";
3244 case DW_OP_consts:
3245 return "DW_OP_consts";
3246 case DW_OP_dup:
3247 return "DW_OP_dup";
3248 case DW_OP_drop:
3249 return "DW_OP_drop";
3250 case DW_OP_over:
3251 return "DW_OP_over";
3252 case DW_OP_pick:
3253 return "DW_OP_pick";
3254 case DW_OP_swap:
3255 return "DW_OP_swap";
3256 case DW_OP_rot:
3257 return "DW_OP_rot";
3258 case DW_OP_xderef:
3259 return "DW_OP_xderef";
3260 case DW_OP_abs:
3261 return "DW_OP_abs";
3262 case DW_OP_and:
3263 return "DW_OP_and";
3264 case DW_OP_div:
3265 return "DW_OP_div";
3266 case DW_OP_minus:
3267 return "DW_OP_minus";
3268 case DW_OP_mod:
3269 return "DW_OP_mod";
3270 case DW_OP_mul:
3271 return "DW_OP_mul";
3272 case DW_OP_neg:
3273 return "DW_OP_neg";
3274 case DW_OP_not:
3275 return "DW_OP_not";
3276 case DW_OP_or:
3277 return "DW_OP_or";
3278 case DW_OP_plus:
3279 return "DW_OP_plus";
3280 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3281 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
3282 case DW_OP_shl:
3283 return "DW_OP_shl";
3284 case DW_OP_shr:
3285 return "DW_OP_shr";
3286 case DW_OP_shra:
3287 return "DW_OP_shra";
3288 case DW_OP_xor:
3289 return "DW_OP_xor";
3290 case DW_OP_bra:
3291 return "DW_OP_bra";
3292 case DW_OP_eq:
3293 return "DW_OP_eq";
3294 case DW_OP_ge:
3295 return "DW_OP_ge";
3296 case DW_OP_gt:
3297 return "DW_OP_gt";
3298 case DW_OP_le:
3299 return "DW_OP_le";
3300 case DW_OP_lt:
3301 return "DW_OP_lt";
3302 case DW_OP_ne:
3303 return "DW_OP_ne";
3304 case DW_OP_skip:
3305 return "DW_OP_skip";
3306 case DW_OP_lit0:
3307 return "DW_OP_lit0";
3308 case DW_OP_lit1:
3309 return "DW_OP_lit1";
3310 case DW_OP_lit2:
3311 return "DW_OP_lit2";
3312 case DW_OP_lit3:
3313 return "DW_OP_lit3";
3314 case DW_OP_lit4:
3315 return "DW_OP_lit4";
3316 case DW_OP_lit5:
3317 return "DW_OP_lit5";
3318 case DW_OP_lit6:
3319 return "DW_OP_lit6";
3320 case DW_OP_lit7:
3321 return "DW_OP_lit7";
3322 case DW_OP_lit8:
3323 return "DW_OP_lit8";
3324 case DW_OP_lit9:
3325 return "DW_OP_lit9";
3326 case DW_OP_lit10:
3327 return "DW_OP_lit10";
3328 case DW_OP_lit11:
3329 return "DW_OP_lit11";
3330 case DW_OP_lit12:
3331 return "DW_OP_lit12";
3332 case DW_OP_lit13:
3333 return "DW_OP_lit13";
3334 case DW_OP_lit14:
3335 return "DW_OP_lit14";
3336 case DW_OP_lit15:
3337 return "DW_OP_lit15";
3338 case DW_OP_lit16:
3339 return "DW_OP_lit16";
3340 case DW_OP_lit17:
3341 return "DW_OP_lit17";
3342 case DW_OP_lit18:
3343 return "DW_OP_lit18";
3344 case DW_OP_lit19:
3345 return "DW_OP_lit19";
3346 case DW_OP_lit20:
3347 return "DW_OP_lit20";
3348 case DW_OP_lit21:
3349 return "DW_OP_lit21";
3350 case DW_OP_lit22:
3351 return "DW_OP_lit22";
3352 case DW_OP_lit23:
3353 return "DW_OP_lit23";
3354 case DW_OP_lit24:
3355 return "DW_OP_lit24";
3356 case DW_OP_lit25:
3357 return "DW_OP_lit25";
3358 case DW_OP_lit26:
3359 return "DW_OP_lit26";
3360 case DW_OP_lit27:
3361 return "DW_OP_lit27";
3362 case DW_OP_lit28:
3363 return "DW_OP_lit28";
3364 case DW_OP_lit29:
3365 return "DW_OP_lit29";
3366 case DW_OP_lit30:
3367 return "DW_OP_lit30";
3368 case DW_OP_lit31:
3369 return "DW_OP_lit31";
3370 case DW_OP_reg0:
3371 return "DW_OP_reg0";
3372 case DW_OP_reg1:
3373 return "DW_OP_reg1";
3374 case DW_OP_reg2:
3375 return "DW_OP_reg2";
3376 case DW_OP_reg3:
3377 return "DW_OP_reg3";
3378 case DW_OP_reg4:
3379 return "DW_OP_reg4";
3380 case DW_OP_reg5:
3381 return "DW_OP_reg5";
3382 case DW_OP_reg6:
3383 return "DW_OP_reg6";
3384 case DW_OP_reg7:
3385 return "DW_OP_reg7";
3386 case DW_OP_reg8:
3387 return "DW_OP_reg8";
3388 case DW_OP_reg9:
3389 return "DW_OP_reg9";
3390 case DW_OP_reg10:
3391 return "DW_OP_reg10";
3392 case DW_OP_reg11:
3393 return "DW_OP_reg11";
3394 case DW_OP_reg12:
3395 return "DW_OP_reg12";
3396 case DW_OP_reg13:
3397 return "DW_OP_reg13";
3398 case DW_OP_reg14:
3399 return "DW_OP_reg14";
3400 case DW_OP_reg15:
3401 return "DW_OP_reg15";
3402 case DW_OP_reg16:
3403 return "DW_OP_reg16";
3404 case DW_OP_reg17:
3405 return "DW_OP_reg17";
3406 case DW_OP_reg18:
3407 return "DW_OP_reg18";
3408 case DW_OP_reg19:
3409 return "DW_OP_reg19";
3410 case DW_OP_reg20:
3411 return "DW_OP_reg20";
3412 case DW_OP_reg21:
3413 return "DW_OP_reg21";
3414 case DW_OP_reg22:
3415 return "DW_OP_reg22";
3416 case DW_OP_reg23:
3417 return "DW_OP_reg23";
3418 case DW_OP_reg24:
3419 return "DW_OP_reg24";
3420 case DW_OP_reg25:
3421 return "DW_OP_reg25";
3422 case DW_OP_reg26:
3423 return "DW_OP_reg26";
3424 case DW_OP_reg27:
3425 return "DW_OP_reg27";
3426 case DW_OP_reg28:
3427 return "DW_OP_reg28";
3428 case DW_OP_reg29:
3429 return "DW_OP_reg29";
3430 case DW_OP_reg30:
3431 return "DW_OP_reg30";
3432 case DW_OP_reg31:
3433 return "DW_OP_reg31";
3434 case DW_OP_breg0:
3435 return "DW_OP_breg0";
3436 case DW_OP_breg1:
3437 return "DW_OP_breg1";
3438 case DW_OP_breg2:
3439 return "DW_OP_breg2";
3440 case DW_OP_breg3:
3441 return "DW_OP_breg3";
3442 case DW_OP_breg4:
3443 return "DW_OP_breg4";
3444 case DW_OP_breg5:
3445 return "DW_OP_breg5";
3446 case DW_OP_breg6:
3447 return "DW_OP_breg6";
3448 case DW_OP_breg7:
3449 return "DW_OP_breg7";
3450 case DW_OP_breg8:
3451 return "DW_OP_breg8";
3452 case DW_OP_breg9:
3453 return "DW_OP_breg9";
3454 case DW_OP_breg10:
3455 return "DW_OP_breg10";
3456 case DW_OP_breg11:
3457 return "DW_OP_breg11";
3458 case DW_OP_breg12:
3459 return "DW_OP_breg12";
3460 case DW_OP_breg13:
3461 return "DW_OP_breg13";
3462 case DW_OP_breg14:
3463 return "DW_OP_breg14";
3464 case DW_OP_breg15:
3465 return "DW_OP_breg15";
3466 case DW_OP_breg16:
3467 return "DW_OP_breg16";
3468 case DW_OP_breg17:
3469 return "DW_OP_breg17";
3470 case DW_OP_breg18:
3471 return "DW_OP_breg18";
3472 case DW_OP_breg19:
3473 return "DW_OP_breg19";
3474 case DW_OP_breg20:
3475 return "DW_OP_breg20";
3476 case DW_OP_breg21:
3477 return "DW_OP_breg21";
3478 case DW_OP_breg22:
3479 return "DW_OP_breg22";
3480 case DW_OP_breg23:
3481 return "DW_OP_breg23";
3482 case DW_OP_breg24:
3483 return "DW_OP_breg24";
3484 case DW_OP_breg25:
3485 return "DW_OP_breg25";
3486 case DW_OP_breg26:
3487 return "DW_OP_breg26";
3488 case DW_OP_breg27:
3489 return "DW_OP_breg27";
3490 case DW_OP_breg28:
3491 return "DW_OP_breg28";
3492 case DW_OP_breg29:
3493 return "DW_OP_breg29";
3494 case DW_OP_breg30:
3495 return "DW_OP_breg30";
3496 case DW_OP_breg31:
3497 return "DW_OP_breg31";
3498 case DW_OP_regx:
3499 return "DW_OP_regx";
3500 case DW_OP_fbreg:
3501 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
3502 case DW_OP_bregx:
3503 return "DW_OP_bregx";
3504 case DW_OP_piece:
3505 return "DW_OP_piece";
3506 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3507 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
3508 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3509 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
3510 case DW_OP_nop:
3511 return "DW_OP_nop";
3512 default:
3513 return "OP_<unknown>";
3514 }
3515 }
3516
3517 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
3518
3519 #if 0
3520 static char *
3521 dwarf_type_encoding_name (enc)
3522 register unsigned enc;
3523 {
3524 switch (enc)
3525 {
3526 case DW_ATE_address:
3527 return "DW_ATE_address";
3528 case DW_ATE_boolean:
3529 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
3530 case DW_ATE_complex_float:
3531 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
3532 case DW_ATE_float:
3533 return "DW_ATE_float";
3534 case DW_ATE_signed:
3535 return "DW_ATE_signed";
3536 case DW_ATE_signed_char:
3537 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
3538 case DW_ATE_unsigned:
3539 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
3540 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char:
3541 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
3542 default:
3543 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
3544 }
3545 }
3546 #endif
3547 \f
3548 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
3549 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
3550 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
3551 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
3552 given block. */
3553
3554 static tree
3555 decl_ultimate_origin (decl)
3556 register tree decl;
3557 {
3558 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
3559 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)))
3560 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
3561 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
3562 abort ();
3563 #endif
3564
3565 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
3566 }
3567
3568 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
3569 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
3570 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
3571 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
3572 given block. */
3573
3574 static tree
3575 block_ultimate_origin (block)
3576 register tree block;
3577 {
3578 register tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
3579
3580 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
3581 return NULL_TREE;
3582 else
3583 {
3584 register tree ret_val;
3585 register tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
3586
3587 do
3588 {
3589 ret_val = lookahead;
3590 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK)
3591 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val)
3592 : NULL;
3593 }
3594 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
3595
3596 return ret_val;
3597 }
3598 }
3599
3600 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
3601 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
3602 parameter. */
3603
3604 static tree
3605 decl_class_context (decl)
3606 tree decl;
3607 {
3608 tree context = NULL_TREE;
3609
3610 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
3611 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
3612 else
3613 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
3614 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
3615
3616 if (context && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (context)) != 't')
3617 context = NULL_TREE;
3618
3619 return context;
3620 }
3621 \f
3622 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE */
3623
3624 static inline void
3625 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr)
3626 register dw_die_ref die;
3627 register dw_attr_ref attr;
3628 {
3629 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
3630 {
3631 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
3632 {
3633 die->die_attr = attr;
3634 die->die_attr_last = attr;
3635 }
3636 else
3637 {
3638 die->die_attr_last->dw_attr_next = attr;
3639 die->die_attr_last = attr;
3640 }
3641 }
3642 }
3643
3644 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
3645
3646 static inline void
3647 add_AT_flag (die, attr_kind, flag)
3648 register dw_die_ref die;
3649 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3650 register unsigned flag;
3651 {
3652 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3653
3654 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3655 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3656 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
3657 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
3658 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3659 }
3660
3661 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
3662
3663 static inline void
3664 add_AT_int (die, attr_kind, int_val)
3665 register dw_die_ref die;
3666 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3667 register long int int_val;
3668 {
3669 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3670
3671 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3672 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3673 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3674 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
3675 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3676 }
3677
3678 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
3679
3680 static inline void
3681 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind, unsigned_val)
3682 register dw_die_ref die;
3683 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3684 register unsigned long unsigned_val;
3685 {
3686 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3687
3688 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3689 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3690 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3691 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
3692 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3693 }
3694
3695 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
3696
3697 static inline void
3698 add_AT_long_long (die, attr_kind, val_hi, val_low)
3699 register dw_die_ref die;
3700 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3701 register unsigned long val_hi;
3702 register unsigned long val_low;
3703 {
3704 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3705
3706 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3707 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3708 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
3709 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
3710 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
3711 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3712 }
3713
3714 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
3715
3716 static inline void
3717 add_AT_float (die, attr_kind, length, array)
3718 register dw_die_ref die;
3719 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3720 register unsigned length;
3721 register long *array;
3722 {
3723 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3724
3725 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3726 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3727 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_float;
3728 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length = length;
3729 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array = array;
3730 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3731 }
3732
3733 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
3734
3735 static inline void
3736 add_AT_string (die, attr_kind, str)
3737 register dw_die_ref die;
3738 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3739 register char *str;
3740 {
3741 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3742
3743 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3744 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3745 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
3746 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = xstrdup (str);
3747 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3748 }
3749
3750 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
3751
3752 static inline void
3753 add_AT_die_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_die)
3754 register dw_die_ref die;
3755 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3756 register dw_die_ref targ_die;
3757 {
3758 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3759
3760 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3761 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3762 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
3763 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref = targ_die;
3764 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3765 }
3766
3767 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
3768
3769 static inline void
3770 add_AT_fde_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_fde)
3771 register dw_die_ref die;
3772 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3773 register unsigned targ_fde;
3774 {
3775 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3776
3777 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3778 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3779 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
3780 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
3781 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3782 }
3783
3784 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
3785
3786 static inline void
3787 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, loc)
3788 register dw_die_ref die;
3789 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3790 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3791 {
3792 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3793
3794 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3795 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3796 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
3797 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
3798 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3799 }
3800
3801 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
3802
3803 static inline void
3804 add_AT_addr (die, attr_kind, addr)
3805 register dw_die_ref die;
3806 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3807 char *addr;
3808 {
3809 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3810
3811 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3812 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3813 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
3814 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
3815 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3816 }
3817
3818 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
3819
3820 static inline void
3821 add_AT_lbl_id (die, attr_kind, lbl_id)
3822 register dw_die_ref die;
3823 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3824 register char *lbl_id;
3825 {
3826 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3827
3828 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3829 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3830 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
3831 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
3832 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3833 }
3834
3835 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
3836
3837 static inline void
3838 add_AT_section_offset (die, attr_kind, section)
3839 register dw_die_ref die;
3840 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3841 register char *section;
3842 {
3843 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3844
3845 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3846 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3847 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_section_offset;
3848 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_section = section;
3849 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3850
3851 }
3852
3853 /* Test if die refers to an external subroutine. */
3854
3855 static inline int
3856 is_extern_subr_die (die)
3857 register dw_die_ref die;
3858 {
3859 register dw_attr_ref a;
3860 register int is_subr = FALSE;
3861 register int is_extern = FALSE;
3862
3863 if (die != NULL && die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
3864 {
3865 is_subr = TRUE;
3866 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
3867 {
3868 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_external
3869 && a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_flag
3870 && a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag != 0)
3871 {
3872 is_extern = TRUE;
3873 break;
3874 }
3875 }
3876 }
3877
3878 return is_subr && is_extern;
3879 }
3880
3881 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
3882
3883 static inline dw_attr_ref
3884 get_AT (die, attr_kind)
3885 register dw_die_ref die;
3886 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3887 {
3888 register dw_attr_ref a;
3889 register dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
3890
3891 if (die != NULL)
3892 {
3893 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
3894 {
3895 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
3896 return a;
3897
3898 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
3899 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
3900 spec = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref;
3901 }
3902
3903 if (spec)
3904 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
3905 }
3906
3907 return NULL;
3908 }
3909
3910 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with
3911 a subprogram DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is
3912 either not prsent, or if it cannot be represented as an
3913 assembler label identifier. */
3914
3915 static inline char *
3916 get_AT_low_pc (die)
3917 register dw_die_ref die;
3918 {
3919 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
3920
3921 if (a && a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_lbl_id)
3922 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
3923
3924 return NULL;
3925 }
3926
3927 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with
3928 a subprogram DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is
3929 either not prsent, or if it cannot be represented as an
3930 assembler label identifier. */
3931
3932 static inline char *
3933 get_AT_hi_pc (die)
3934 register dw_die_ref die;
3935 {
3936 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
3937
3938 if (a && a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_lbl_id)
3939 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
3940
3941 return NULL;
3942 }
3943
3944 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
3945 NULL if it is not present. */
3946
3947 static inline char *
3948 get_AT_string (die, attr_kind)
3949 register dw_die_ref die;
3950 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3951 {
3952 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
3953
3954 if (a && a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_str)
3955 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
3956
3957 return NULL;
3958 }
3959
3960 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
3961 if it is not present. */
3962
3963 static inline int
3964 get_AT_flag (die, attr_kind)
3965 register dw_die_ref die;
3966 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3967 {
3968 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
3969
3970 if (a && a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_flag)
3971 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
3972
3973 return -1;
3974 }
3975
3976 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
3977 if it is not present. */
3978
3979 static inline unsigned
3980 get_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind)
3981 register dw_die_ref die;
3982 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3983 {
3984 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
3985
3986 if (a && a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
3987 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
3988
3989 return 0;
3990 }
3991
3992 static inline int
3993 is_c_family ()
3994 {
3995 register unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
3996
3997 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
3998 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
3999 }
4000
4001 static inline int
4002 is_fortran ()
4003 {
4004 register unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4005
4006 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90);
4007 }
4008
4009 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
4010
4011 static inline void
4012 remove_AT (die, attr_kind)
4013 register dw_die_ref die;
4014 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4015 {
4016 register dw_attr_ref a;
4017 register dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;;
4018
4019 if (die != NULL)
4020 {
4021 if (die->die_attr->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4022 {
4023 removed = die->die_attr;
4024 if (die->die_attr_last == die->die_attr)
4025 die->die_attr_last = NULL;
4026
4027 die->die_attr = die->die_attr->dw_attr_next;
4028 }
4029
4030 else
4031 for (a = die->die_attr; a->dw_attr_next != NULL;
4032 a = a->dw_attr_next)
4033 if (a->dw_attr_next->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4034 {
4035 removed = a->dw_attr_next;
4036 if (die->die_attr_last == a->dw_attr_next)
4037 die->die_attr_last = a;
4038
4039 a->dw_attr_next = a->dw_attr_next->dw_attr_next;
4040 break;
4041 }
4042
4043 if (removed != 0)
4044 free (removed);
4045 }
4046 }
4047
4048 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
4049
4050 static inline void
4051 remove_children (die)
4052 register dw_die_ref die;
4053 {
4054 register dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
4055
4056 die->die_child = NULL;
4057 die->die_child_last = NULL;
4058
4059 while (child_die != NULL)
4060 {
4061 register dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
4062 register dw_attr_ref a;
4063
4064 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
4065
4066 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL; )
4067 {
4068 register dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
4069
4070 a = a->dw_attr_next;
4071 free (tmp_a);
4072 }
4073
4074 free (tmp_die);
4075 }
4076 }
4077
4078 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. */
4079
4080 static inline void
4081 add_child_die (die, child_die)
4082 register dw_die_ref die;
4083 register dw_die_ref child_die;
4084 {
4085 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
4086 {
4087 if (die == child_die)
4088 abort ();
4089 child_die->die_parent = die;
4090 child_die->die_sib = NULL;
4091
4092 if (die->die_child == NULL)
4093 {
4094 die->die_child = child_die;
4095 die->die_child_last = child_die;
4096 }
4097 else
4098 {
4099 die->die_child_last->die_sib = child_die;
4100 die->die_child_last = child_die;
4101 }
4102 }
4103 }
4104
4105 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
4106
4107 static inline dw_die_ref
4108 new_die (tag_value, parent_die)
4109 register enum dwarf_tag tag_value;
4110 register dw_die_ref parent_die;
4111 {
4112 register dw_die_ref die = (dw_die_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (die_node));
4113
4114 die->die_tag = tag_value;
4115 die->die_abbrev = 0;
4116 die->die_offset = 0;
4117 die->die_child = NULL;
4118 die->die_parent = NULL;
4119 die->die_sib = NULL;
4120 die->die_child_last = NULL;
4121 die->die_attr = NULL;
4122 die->die_attr_last = NULL;
4123
4124 if (parent_die != NULL)
4125 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
4126 else
4127 {
4128 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
4129
4130 limbo_node = (limbo_die_node *) xmalloc (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
4131 limbo_node->die = die;
4132 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
4133 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
4134 }
4135
4136 return die;
4137 }
4138
4139 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
4140
4141 static inline dw_die_ref
4142 lookup_type_die (type)
4143 register tree type;
4144 {
4145 return (dw_die_ref) TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type);
4146 }
4147
4148 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
4149
4150 static void
4151 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die)
4152 register tree type;
4153 register dw_die_ref type_die;
4154 {
4155 TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type) = (char *) type_die;
4156 }
4157
4158 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
4159
4160 static inline dw_die_ref
4161 lookup_decl_die (decl)
4162 register tree decl;
4163 {
4164 register unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
4165
4166 return (decl_id < decl_die_table_in_use
4167 ? decl_die_table[decl_id] : NULL);
4168 }
4169
4170 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
4171
4172 static void
4173 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die)
4174 register tree decl;
4175 register dw_die_ref decl_die;
4176 {
4177 register unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
4178 register unsigned num_allocated;
4179
4180 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_allocated)
4181 {
4182 num_allocated
4183 = ((decl_id + 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT - 1)
4184 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT)
4185 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4186
4187 decl_die_table
4188 = (dw_die_ref *) xrealloc (decl_die_table,
4189 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * num_allocated);
4190
4191 bzero ((char *) &decl_die_table[decl_die_table_allocated],
4192 (num_allocated - decl_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
4193 decl_die_table_allocated = num_allocated;
4194 }
4195
4196 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_in_use)
4197 decl_die_table_in_use = (decl_id + 1);
4198
4199 decl_die_table[decl_id] = decl_die;
4200 }
4201
4202 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4203 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4204 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4205
4206 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4207 new_loc_descr (op, oprnd1, oprnd2)
4208 register enum dwarf_location_atom op;
4209 register unsigned long oprnd1;
4210 register unsigned long oprnd2;
4211 {
4212 register dw_loc_descr_ref descr
4213 = (dw_loc_descr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
4214
4215 descr->dw_loc_next = NULL;
4216 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
4217 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4218 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
4219 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4220 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
4221
4222 return descr;
4223 }
4224
4225 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4226
4227 static inline void
4228 add_loc_descr (list_head, descr)
4229 register dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head;
4230 register dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
4231 {
4232 register dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
4233
4234 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4235 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
4236 ;
4237
4238 *d = descr;
4239 }
4240 \f
4241 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
4242 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
4243 the DIE internal representation. */
4244 static int print_indent;
4245
4246 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
4247
4248 static inline void
4249 print_spaces (outfile)
4250 FILE *outfile;
4251 {
4252 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
4253 }
4254
4255 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
4256 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
4257
4258 static void
4259 print_die (die, outfile)
4260 dw_die_ref die;
4261 FILE *outfile;
4262 {
4263 register dw_attr_ref a;
4264 register dw_die_ref c;
4265
4266 print_spaces (outfile);
4267 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
4268 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
4269 print_spaces (outfile);
4270 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
4271 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
4272
4273 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
4274 {
4275 print_spaces (outfile);
4276 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
4277
4278 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
4279 {
4280 case dw_val_class_addr:
4281 fprintf (outfile, "address");
4282 break;
4283 case dw_val_class_loc:
4284 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
4285 break;
4286 case dw_val_class_const:
4287 fprintf (outfile, "%ld", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
4288 break;
4289 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
4290 fprintf (outfile, "%lu", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
4291 break;
4292 case dw_val_class_long_long:
4293 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
4294 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
4295 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
4296 break;
4297 case dw_val_class_float:
4298 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point constant");
4299 break;
4300 case dw_val_class_flag:
4301 fprintf (outfile, "%u", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
4302 break;
4303 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
4304 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref != NULL)
4305 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu",
4306 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref->die_offset);
4307 else
4308 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
4309 break;
4310 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
4311 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id);
4312 break;
4313 case dw_val_class_section_offset:
4314 fprintf (outfile, "section: %s", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_section);
4315 break;
4316 case dw_val_class_str:
4317 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str != NULL)
4318 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str);
4319 else
4320 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
4321 break;
4322 default:
4323 break;
4324 }
4325
4326 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
4327 }
4328
4329 if (die->die_child != NULL)
4330 {
4331 print_indent += 4;
4332 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
4333 print_die (c, outfile);
4334
4335 print_indent -= 4;
4336 }
4337 }
4338
4339 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
4340 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
4341
4342 static void
4343 print_dwarf_line_table (outfile)
4344 FILE *outfile;
4345 {
4346 register unsigned i;
4347 register dw_line_info_ref line_info;
4348
4349 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
4350 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; ++i)
4351 {
4352 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
4353 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
4354 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s", file_table[line_info->dw_file_num]);
4355 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
4356 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
4357 }
4358
4359 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
4360 }
4361
4362 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
4363
4364 void
4365 debug_dwarf_die (die)
4366 dw_die_ref die;
4367 {
4368 print_die (die, stderr);
4369 }
4370
4371 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
4372 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
4373
4374 void
4375 debug_dwarf ()
4376 {
4377 print_indent = 0;
4378 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
4379 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
4380 }
4381 \f
4382 /* Traverse the DIE, and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
4383 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
4384 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
4385
4386 static void
4387 add_sibling_attributes(die)
4388 register dw_die_ref die;
4389 {
4390 register dw_die_ref c;
4391 register dw_attr_ref attr;
4392 if (die != comp_unit_die && die->die_child != NULL)
4393 {
4394 attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4395 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4396 attr->dw_attr = DW_AT_sibling;
4397 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4398 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref = die->die_sib;
4399
4400 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
4401 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4402 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
4403 die->die_attr_last = attr;
4404
4405 die->die_attr = attr;
4406 }
4407
4408 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
4409 add_sibling_attributes (c);
4410 }
4411
4412 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs)
4413 is encoded in an abbreviation table. This routine builds the
4414 abbreviation table and assigns a unique abbreviation id for
4415 each abbreviation entry. The children of each die are visited
4416 recursively. */
4417
4418 static void
4419 build_abbrev_table (die)
4420 register dw_die_ref die;
4421 {
4422 register unsigned long abbrev_id;
4423 register unsigned long n_alloc;
4424 register dw_die_ref c;
4425 register dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
4426 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
4427 {
4428 register dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
4429
4430 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
4431 {
4432 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
4433 {
4434 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
4435 d_attr = die->die_attr;
4436
4437 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
4438 {
4439 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
4440 || (value_format (&a_attr->dw_attr_val)
4441 != value_format (&d_attr->dw_attr_val)))
4442 break;
4443
4444 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
4445 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
4446 }
4447
4448 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
4449 break;
4450 }
4451 }
4452 }
4453
4454 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
4455 {
4456 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
4457 {
4458 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4459 abbrev_die_table
4460 = (dw_die_ref *) xrealloc (abbrev_die_table,
4461 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
4462
4463 bzero ((char *) &abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated],
4464 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
4465 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
4466 }
4467
4468 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
4469 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
4470 }
4471
4472 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
4473 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
4474 build_abbrev_table (c);
4475 }
4476 \f
4477 /* Return the size of a string, including the null byte.
4478
4479 This used to treat backslashes as escapes, and hence they were not included
4480 in the count. However, that conflicts with what ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII does,
4481 which treats a backslash as a backslash, escaping it if necessary, and hence
4482 we must include them in the count. */
4483
4484 static unsigned long
4485 size_of_string (str)
4486 register char *str;
4487 {
4488 return strlen (str) + 1;
4489 }
4490
4491 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4492
4493 static unsigned long
4494 size_of_loc_descr (loc)
4495 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4496 {
4497 register unsigned long size = 1;
4498
4499 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4500 {
4501 case DW_OP_addr:
4502 size += PTR_SIZE;
4503 break;
4504 case DW_OP_const1u:
4505 case DW_OP_const1s:
4506 size += 1;
4507 break;
4508 case DW_OP_const2u:
4509 case DW_OP_const2s:
4510 size += 2;
4511 break;
4512 case DW_OP_const4u:
4513 case DW_OP_const4s:
4514 size += 4;
4515 break;
4516 case DW_OP_const8u:
4517 case DW_OP_const8s:
4518 size += 8;
4519 break;
4520 case DW_OP_constu:
4521 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4522 break;
4523 case DW_OP_consts:
4524 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4525 break;
4526 case DW_OP_pick:
4527 size += 1;
4528 break;
4529 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4530 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4531 break;
4532 case DW_OP_skip:
4533 case DW_OP_bra:
4534 size += 2;
4535 break;
4536 case DW_OP_breg0:
4537 case DW_OP_breg1:
4538 case DW_OP_breg2:
4539 case DW_OP_breg3:
4540 case DW_OP_breg4:
4541 case DW_OP_breg5:
4542 case DW_OP_breg6:
4543 case DW_OP_breg7:
4544 case DW_OP_breg8:
4545 case DW_OP_breg9:
4546 case DW_OP_breg10:
4547 case DW_OP_breg11:
4548 case DW_OP_breg12:
4549 case DW_OP_breg13:
4550 case DW_OP_breg14:
4551 case DW_OP_breg15:
4552 case DW_OP_breg16:
4553 case DW_OP_breg17:
4554 case DW_OP_breg18:
4555 case DW_OP_breg19:
4556 case DW_OP_breg20:
4557 case DW_OP_breg21:
4558 case DW_OP_breg22:
4559 case DW_OP_breg23:
4560 case DW_OP_breg24:
4561 case DW_OP_breg25:
4562 case DW_OP_breg26:
4563 case DW_OP_breg27:
4564 case DW_OP_breg28:
4565 case DW_OP_breg29:
4566 case DW_OP_breg30:
4567 case DW_OP_breg31:
4568 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4569 break;
4570 case DW_OP_regx:
4571 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4572 break;
4573 case DW_OP_fbreg:
4574 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4575 break;
4576 case DW_OP_bregx:
4577 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4578 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
4579 break;
4580 case DW_OP_piece:
4581 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4582 break;
4583 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4584 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4585 size += 1;
4586 break;
4587 default:
4588 break;
4589 }
4590
4591 return size;
4592 }
4593
4594 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4595
4596 static unsigned long
4597 size_of_locs (loc)
4598 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4599 {
4600 register unsigned long size = 0;
4601
4602 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
4603 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
4604
4605 return size;
4606 }
4607
4608 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
4609
4610 static int
4611 constant_size (value)
4612 long unsigned value;
4613 {
4614 int log;
4615
4616 if (value == 0)
4617 log = 0;
4618 else
4619 log = floor_log2 (value);
4620
4621 log = log / 8;
4622 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
4623
4624 return log;
4625 }
4626
4627 /* Return the size of a DIE, as it is represented in the
4628 .debug_info section. */
4629
4630 static unsigned long
4631 size_of_die (die)
4632 register dw_die_ref die;
4633 {
4634 register unsigned long size = 0;
4635 register dw_attr_ref a;
4636
4637 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
4638 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
4639 {
4640 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
4641 {
4642 case dw_val_class_addr:
4643 size += PTR_SIZE;
4644 break;
4645 case dw_val_class_loc:
4646 {
4647 register unsigned long lsize
4648 = size_of_locs (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc);
4649
4650 /* Block length. */
4651 size += constant_size (lsize);
4652 size += lsize;
4653 }
4654 break;
4655 case dw_val_class_const:
4656 size += 4;
4657 break;
4658 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
4659 size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
4660 break;
4661 case dw_val_class_long_long:
4662 size += 1 + 8; /* block */
4663 break;
4664 case dw_val_class_float:
4665 size += 1 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4; /* block */
4666 break;
4667 case dw_val_class_flag:
4668 size += 1;
4669 break;
4670 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
4671 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
4672 break;
4673 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
4674 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
4675 break;
4676 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
4677 size += PTR_SIZE;
4678 break;
4679 case dw_val_class_section_offset:
4680 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
4681 break;
4682 case dw_val_class_str:
4683 size += size_of_string (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str);
4684 break;
4685 default:
4686 abort ();
4687 }
4688 }
4689
4690 return size;
4691 }
4692
4693 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE.
4694 Visits the DIE's children recursively. Updates the global
4695 variable next_die_offset, on each time through. Uses the
4696 current value of next_die_offset to update the die_offset
4697 field in each DIE. */
4698
4699 static void
4700 calc_die_sizes (die)
4701 dw_die_ref die;
4702 {
4703 register dw_die_ref c;
4704 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
4705 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
4706
4707 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
4708 calc_die_sizes (c);
4709
4710 if (die->die_child != NULL)
4711 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
4712 next_die_offset += 1;
4713 }
4714
4715 /* Return the size of the line information prolog generated for the
4716 compilation unit. */
4717
4718 static unsigned long
4719 size_of_line_prolog ()
4720 {
4721 register unsigned long size;
4722 register unsigned long ft_index;
4723
4724 size = DWARF_LINE_PROLOG_HEADER_SIZE;
4725
4726 /* Count the size of the table giving number of args for each
4727 standard opcode. */
4728 size += DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE - 1;
4729
4730 /* Include directory table is empty (at present). Count only the
4731 null byte used to terminate the table. */
4732 size += 1;
4733
4734 for (ft_index = 1; ft_index < file_table_in_use; ++ft_index)
4735 {
4736 /* File name entry. */
4737 size += size_of_string (file_table[ft_index]);
4738
4739 /* Include directory index. */
4740 size += size_of_uleb128 (0);
4741
4742 /* Modification time. */
4743 size += size_of_uleb128 (0);
4744
4745 /* File length in bytes. */
4746 size += size_of_uleb128 (0);
4747 }
4748
4749 /* Count the file table terminator. */
4750 size += 1;
4751 return size;
4752 }
4753
4754 /* Return the size of the line information generated for this
4755 compilation unit. */
4756
4757 static unsigned long
4758 size_of_line_info ()
4759 {
4760 register unsigned long size;
4761 register unsigned long lt_index;
4762 register unsigned long current_line;
4763 register long line_offset;
4764 register long line_delta;
4765 register unsigned long current_file;
4766 register unsigned long function;
4767 unsigned long size_of_set_address;
4768
4769 /* Size of a DW_LNE_set_address instruction. */
4770 size_of_set_address = 1 + size_of_uleb128 (1 + PTR_SIZE) + 1 + PTR_SIZE;
4771
4772 /* Version number. */
4773 size = 2;
4774
4775 /* Prolog length specifier. */
4776 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
4777
4778 /* Prolog. */
4779 size += size_of_line_prolog ();
4780
4781 /* Set address register instruction. */
4782 size += size_of_set_address;
4783
4784 current_file = 1;
4785 current_line = 1;
4786 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
4787 {
4788 register dw_line_info_ref line_info;
4789
4790 /* Advance pc instruction. */
4791 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment in output_line_info. */
4792 if (0)
4793 size += 1 + 2;
4794 else
4795 size += size_of_set_address;
4796
4797 line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
4798 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
4799 {
4800 /* Set file number instruction. */
4801 size += 1;
4802 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
4803 size += size_of_uleb128 (current_file);
4804 }
4805
4806 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
4807 {
4808 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
4809 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
4810 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
4811 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
4812 /* 1-byte special line number instruction. */
4813 size += 1;
4814 else
4815 {
4816 /* Advance line instruction. */
4817 size += 1;
4818 size += size_of_sleb128 (line_offset);
4819 /* Generate line entry instruction. */
4820 size += 1;
4821 }
4822 }
4823 }
4824
4825 /* Advance pc instruction. */
4826 if (0)
4827 size += 1 + 2;
4828 else
4829 size += size_of_set_address;
4830
4831 /* End of line number info. marker. */
4832 size += 1 + size_of_uleb128 (1) + 1;
4833
4834 function = 0;
4835 current_file = 1;
4836 current_line = 1;
4837 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use; )
4838 {
4839 register dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
4840 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
4841 if (function != line_info->function)
4842 {
4843 function = line_info->function;
4844 /* Set address register instruction. */
4845 size += size_of_set_address;
4846 }
4847 else
4848 {
4849 /* Advance pc instruction. */
4850 if (0)
4851 size += 1 + 2;
4852 else
4853 size += size_of_set_address;
4854 }
4855
4856 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
4857 {
4858 /* Set file number instruction. */
4859 size += 1;
4860 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
4861 size += size_of_uleb128 (current_file);
4862 }
4863
4864 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
4865 {
4866 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
4867 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
4868 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
4869 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
4870 /* 1-byte special line number instruction. */
4871 size += 1;
4872 else
4873 {
4874 /* Advance line instruction. */
4875 size += 1;
4876 size += size_of_sleb128 (line_offset);
4877
4878 /* Generate line entry instruction. */
4879 size += 1;
4880 }
4881 }
4882
4883 ++lt_index;
4884
4885 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
4886 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
4887 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
4888 {
4889 current_file = 1;
4890 current_line = 1;
4891
4892 /* Advance pc instruction. */
4893 if (0)
4894 size += 1 + 2;
4895 else
4896 size += size_of_set_address;
4897
4898 /* End of line number info. marker. */
4899 size += 1 + size_of_uleb128 (1) + 1;
4900 }
4901 }
4902
4903 return size;
4904 }
4905
4906 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
4907 compilation unit. */
4908
4909 static unsigned long
4910 size_of_pubnames ()
4911 {
4912 register unsigned long size;
4913 register unsigned i;
4914
4915 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
4916 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; ++i)
4917 {
4918 register pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
4919 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_string (p->name);
4920 }
4921
4922 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
4923 return size;
4924 }
4925
4926 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
4927
4928 static unsigned long
4929 size_of_aranges ()
4930 {
4931 register unsigned long size;
4932
4933 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
4934
4935 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
4936 size += 2 * PTR_SIZE;
4937 size += 2 * PTR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
4938
4939 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
4940 size += 2 * PTR_SIZE;
4941 return size;
4942 }
4943 \f
4944 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
4945
4946 static enum dwarf_form
4947 value_format (v)
4948 dw_val_ref v;
4949 {
4950 switch (v->val_class)
4951 {
4952 case dw_val_class_addr:
4953 return DW_FORM_addr;
4954 case dw_val_class_loc:
4955 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (v->v.val_loc)))
4956 {
4957 case 1:
4958 return DW_FORM_block1;
4959 case 2:
4960 return DW_FORM_block2;
4961 default:
4962 abort ();
4963 }
4964 case dw_val_class_const:
4965 return DW_FORM_data4;
4966 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
4967 switch (constant_size (v->v.val_unsigned))
4968 {
4969 case 1:
4970 return DW_FORM_data1;
4971 case 2:
4972 return DW_FORM_data2;
4973 case 4:
4974 return DW_FORM_data4;
4975 case 8:
4976 return DW_FORM_data8;
4977 default:
4978 abort ();
4979 }
4980 case dw_val_class_long_long:
4981 return DW_FORM_block1;
4982 case dw_val_class_float:
4983 return DW_FORM_block1;
4984 case dw_val_class_flag:
4985 return DW_FORM_flag;
4986 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
4987 return DW_FORM_ref;
4988 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
4989 return DW_FORM_data;
4990 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
4991 return DW_FORM_addr;
4992 case dw_val_class_section_offset:
4993 return DW_FORM_data;
4994 case dw_val_class_str:
4995 return DW_FORM_string;
4996 default:
4997 abort ();
4998 }
4999 }
5000
5001 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
5002
5003 static void
5004 output_value_format (v)
5005 dw_val_ref v;
5006 {
5007 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (v);
5008
5009 output_uleb128 (form);
5010 if (flag_debug_asm)
5011 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
5012
5013 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5014 }
5015
5016 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
5017 table. */
5018
5019 static void
5020 output_abbrev_section ()
5021 {
5022 unsigned long abbrev_id;
5023
5024 dw_attr_ref a_attr;
5025 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
5026 {
5027 register dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
5028
5029 output_uleb128 (abbrev_id);
5030 if (flag_debug_asm)
5031 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (abbrev code)");
5032
5033 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5034 output_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag);
5035 if (flag_debug_asm)
5036 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (TAG: %s)",
5037 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
5038
5039 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5040 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s\t0x%x", ASM_BYTE_OP,
5041 abbrev->die_child != NULL ? DW_children_yes : DW_children_no);
5042
5043 if (flag_debug_asm)
5044 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s",
5045 ASM_COMMENT_START,
5046 (abbrev->die_child != NULL
5047 ? "DW_children_yes" : "DW_children_no"));
5048
5049 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5050
5051 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
5052 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
5053 {
5054 output_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr);
5055 if (flag_debug_asm)
5056 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (%s)",
5057 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
5058
5059 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5060 output_value_format (&a_attr->dw_attr_val);
5061 }
5062
5063 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s\t0,0\n", ASM_BYTE_OP);
5064 }
5065 }
5066
5067 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
5068
5069 static void
5070 output_loc_operands (loc)
5071 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5072 {
5073 register dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
5074 register dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
5075
5076 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
5077 {
5078 case DW_OP_addr:
5079 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_CONST (asm_out_file, val1->v.val_addr);
5080 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5081 break;
5082 case DW_OP_const1u:
5083 case DW_OP_const1s:
5084 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, val1->v.val_flag);
5085 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5086 break;
5087 case DW_OP_const2u:
5088 case DW_OP_const2s:
5089 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file, val1->v.val_int);
5090 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5091 break;
5092 case DW_OP_const4u:
5093 case DW_OP_const4s:
5094 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file, val1->v.val_int);
5095 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5096 break;
5097 case DW_OP_const8u:
5098 case DW_OP_const8s:
5099 abort ();
5100 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5101 break;
5102 case DW_OP_constu:
5103 output_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5104 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5105 break;
5106 case DW_OP_consts:
5107 output_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int);
5108 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5109 break;
5110 case DW_OP_pick:
5111 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, val1->v.val_int);
5112 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5113 break;
5114 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5115 output_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5116 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5117 break;
5118 case DW_OP_skip:
5119 case DW_OP_bra:
5120 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file, val1->v.val_int);
5121 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5122 break;
5123 case DW_OP_breg0:
5124 case DW_OP_breg1:
5125 case DW_OP_breg2:
5126 case DW_OP_breg3:
5127 case DW_OP_breg4:
5128 case DW_OP_breg5:
5129 case DW_OP_breg6:
5130 case DW_OP_breg7:
5131 case DW_OP_breg8:
5132 case DW_OP_breg9:
5133 case DW_OP_breg10:
5134 case DW_OP_breg11:
5135 case DW_OP_breg12:
5136 case DW_OP_breg13:
5137 case DW_OP_breg14:
5138 case DW_OP_breg15:
5139 case DW_OP_breg16:
5140 case DW_OP_breg17:
5141 case DW_OP_breg18:
5142 case DW_OP_breg19:
5143 case DW_OP_breg20:
5144 case DW_OP_breg21:
5145 case DW_OP_breg22:
5146 case DW_OP_breg23:
5147 case DW_OP_breg24:
5148 case DW_OP_breg25:
5149 case DW_OP_breg26:
5150 case DW_OP_breg27:
5151 case DW_OP_breg28:
5152 case DW_OP_breg29:
5153 case DW_OP_breg30:
5154 case DW_OP_breg31:
5155 output_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int);
5156 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5157 break;
5158 case DW_OP_regx:
5159 output_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5160 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5161 break;
5162 case DW_OP_fbreg:
5163 output_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int);
5164 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5165 break;
5166 case DW_OP_bregx:
5167 output_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5168 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5169 output_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int);
5170 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5171 break;
5172 case DW_OP_piece:
5173 output_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5174 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5175 break;
5176 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5177 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5178 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, val1->v.val_flag);
5179 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5180 break;
5181 default:
5182 break;
5183 }
5184 }
5185
5186 /* Compute the offset of a sibling. */
5187
5188 static unsigned long
5189 sibling_offset (die)
5190 dw_die_ref die;
5191 {
5192 unsigned long offset;
5193
5194 if (die->die_child_last == NULL)
5195 offset = die->die_offset + size_of_die (die);
5196 else
5197 offset = sibling_offset (die->die_child_last) + 1;
5198
5199 return offset;
5200 }
5201
5202 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
5203 the definitions of each child DIE. */
5204
5205 static void
5206 output_die (die)
5207 register dw_die_ref die;
5208 {
5209 register dw_attr_ref a;
5210 register dw_die_ref c;
5211 register unsigned long ref_offset;
5212 register unsigned long size;
5213 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5214
5215 output_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
5216 if (flag_debug_asm)
5217 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
5218 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5219
5220 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5221
5222 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5223 {
5224 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
5225 {
5226 case dw_val_class_addr:
5227 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_CONST (asm_out_file,
5228 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr);
5229 break;
5230
5231 case dw_val_class_loc:
5232 size = size_of_locs (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc);
5233
5234 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
5235 switch (constant_size (size))
5236 {
5237 case 1:
5238 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, size);
5239 break;
5240 case 2:
5241 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file, size);
5242 break;
5243 default:
5244 abort ();
5245 }
5246
5247 if (flag_debug_asm)
5248 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s",
5249 ASM_COMMENT_START, dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5250
5251 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5252 for (loc = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc; loc != NULL;
5253 loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5254 {
5255 /* Output the opcode. */
5256 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, loc->dw_loc_opc);
5257 if (flag_debug_asm)
5258 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s", ASM_COMMENT_START,
5259 dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
5260
5261 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5262
5263 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5264 output_loc_operands (loc);
5265 }
5266 break;
5267
5268 case dw_val_class_const:
5269 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5270 break;
5271
5272 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5273 switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned))
5274 {
5275 case 1:
5276 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file,
5277 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5278 break;
5279 case 2:
5280 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file,
5281 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5282 break;
5283 case 4:
5284 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file,
5285 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5286 break;
5287 case 8:
5288 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA8 (asm_out_file,
5289 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5290 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5291 break;
5292 default:
5293 abort ();
5294 }
5295 break;
5296
5297 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5298 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 8);
5299 if (flag_debug_asm)
5300 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s",
5301 ASM_COMMENT_START, dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5302
5303 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5304 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA8 (asm_out_file,
5305 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5306 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5307
5308 if (flag_debug_asm)
5309 fprintf (asm_out_file,
5310 "\t%s long long constant", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5311
5312 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5313 break;
5314
5315 case dw_val_class_float:
5316 {
5317 register unsigned int i;
5318 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file,
5319 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4);
5320 if (flag_debug_asm)
5321 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s",
5322 ASM_COMMENT_START, dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5323
5324 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5325 for (i = 0; i < a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length; ++i)
5326 {
5327 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file,
5328 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array[i]);
5329 if (flag_debug_asm)
5330 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s fp constant word %u",
5331 ASM_COMMENT_START, i);
5332
5333 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5334 }
5335 break;
5336 }
5337
5338 case dw_val_class_flag:
5339 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5340 break;
5341
5342 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5343 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref != NULL)
5344 ref_offset = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref->die_offset;
5345 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_sibling)
5346 ref_offset = sibling_offset(die);
5347 else
5348 abort ();
5349
5350 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, ref_offset);
5351 break;
5352
5353 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5354 {
5355 char l1[20];
5356 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL
5357 (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
5358 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, l1);
5359 fprintf (asm_out_file, " - %d", DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE);
5360 }
5361 break;
5362
5363 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5364 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id);
5365 break;
5366
5367 case dw_val_class_section_offset:
5368 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file,
5369 stripattributes
5370 (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_section));
5371 break;
5372
5373 case dw_val_class_str:
5374 if (flag_debug_asm)
5375 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_STRING (asm_out_file, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str);
5376 else
5377 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file,
5378 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str,
5379 (int) strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str) + 1);
5380 break;
5381
5382 default:
5383 abort ();
5384 }
5385
5386 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class != dw_val_class_loc
5387 && a->dw_attr_val.val_class != dw_val_class_long_long
5388 && a->dw_attr_val.val_class != dw_val_class_float)
5389 {
5390 if (flag_debug_asm)
5391 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s",
5392 ASM_COMMENT_START, dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5393
5394 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5395 }
5396 }
5397
5398 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5399 output_die (c);
5400
5401 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5402 {
5403 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
5404 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
5405 if (flag_debug_asm)
5406 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
5407 ASM_COMMENT_START, die->die_offset);
5408
5409 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5410 }
5411 }
5412
5413 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
5414 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
5415
5416 static void
5417 output_compilation_unit_header ()
5418 {
5419 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, next_die_offset - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE);
5420 if (flag_debug_asm)
5421 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Length of Compilation Unit Info.",
5422 ASM_COMMENT_START);
5423
5424 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5425 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file, DWARF_VERSION);
5426 if (flag_debug_asm)
5427 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DWARF version number", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5428
5429 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5430 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, stripattributes (ABBREV_SECTION));
5431 if (flag_debug_asm)
5432 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Offset Into Abbrev. Section",
5433 ASM_COMMENT_START);
5434
5435 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5436 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, PTR_SIZE);
5437 if (flag_debug_asm)
5438 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Pointer Size (in bytes)", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5439
5440 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5441 }
5442
5443 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The output
5444 of decl_printable_name for C++ looks like "A::f(int)". Let's drop the
5445 argument list, and maybe the scope. */
5446
5447 static char *
5448 dwarf2_name (decl, scope)
5449 tree decl;
5450 int scope;
5451 {
5452 return (*decl_printable_name) (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
5453 }
5454
5455 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
5456
5457 static void
5458 add_pubname (decl, die)
5459 tree decl;
5460 dw_die_ref die;
5461 {
5462 pubname_ref p;
5463
5464 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
5465 return;
5466
5467 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
5468 {
5469 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
5470 pubname_table = (pubname_ref) xrealloc
5471 (pubname_table, pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry));
5472 }
5473
5474 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
5475 p->die = die;
5476
5477 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
5478 }
5479
5480 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
5481 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
5482 visible procedures. */
5483
5484 static void
5485 output_pubnames ()
5486 {
5487 register unsigned i;
5488 register unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
5489
5490 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, pubnames_length);
5491
5492 if (flag_debug_asm)
5493 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Length of Public Names Info.",
5494 ASM_COMMENT_START);
5495
5496 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5497 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file, DWARF_VERSION);
5498
5499 if (flag_debug_asm)
5500 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DWARF Version", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5501
5502 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5503 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, stripattributes (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION));
5504 if (flag_debug_asm)
5505 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Offset of Compilation Unit Info.",
5506 ASM_COMMENT_START);
5507
5508 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5509 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, next_die_offset);
5510 if (flag_debug_asm)
5511 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Compilation Unit Length", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5512
5513 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5514 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; ++i)
5515 {
5516 register pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
5517
5518 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, pub->die->die_offset);
5519 if (flag_debug_asm)
5520 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DIE offset", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5521
5522 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5523
5524 if (flag_debug_asm)
5525 {
5526 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_STRING (asm_out_file, pub->name);
5527 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s external name", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5528 }
5529 else
5530 {
5531 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, pub->name,
5532 (int) strlen (pub->name) + 1);
5533 }
5534
5535 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5536 }
5537
5538 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, 0);
5539 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5540 }
5541
5542 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
5543
5544 static void
5545 add_arange (decl, die)
5546 tree decl;
5547 dw_die_ref die;
5548 {
5549 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
5550 return;
5551
5552 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
5553 {
5554 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
5555 arange_table
5556 = (arange_ref) xrealloc (arange_table,
5557 arange_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
5558 }
5559
5560 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
5561 }
5562
5563 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
5564 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
5565 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
5566
5567 static void
5568 output_aranges ()
5569 {
5570 register unsigned i;
5571 register unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
5572
5573 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, aranges_length);
5574 if (flag_debug_asm)
5575 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Length of Address Ranges Info.",
5576 ASM_COMMENT_START);
5577
5578 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5579 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file, DWARF_VERSION);
5580 if (flag_debug_asm)
5581 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DWARF Version", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5582
5583 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5584 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, stripattributes (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION));
5585 if (flag_debug_asm)
5586 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Offset of Compilation Unit Info.",
5587 ASM_COMMENT_START);
5588
5589 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5590 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, PTR_SIZE);
5591 if (flag_debug_asm)
5592 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Size of Address", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5593
5594 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5595 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
5596 if (flag_debug_asm)
5597 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Size of Segment Descriptor",
5598 ASM_COMMENT_START);
5599
5600 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5601 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file, 4);
5602 if (PTR_SIZE == 8)
5603 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",0,0");
5604
5605 if (flag_debug_asm)
5606 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Pad to %d byte boundary",
5607 ASM_COMMENT_START, 2 * PTR_SIZE);
5608
5609 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5610 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION));
5611 if (flag_debug_asm)
5612 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Address", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5613
5614 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5615 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DELTA (asm_out_file, text_end_label,
5616 stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION));
5617 if (flag_debug_asm)
5618 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s Length", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5619
5620 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5621 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; ++i)
5622 {
5623 dw_die_ref a = arange_table[i];
5624
5625 if (a->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
5626 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, get_AT_low_pc (a));
5627 else
5628 {
5629 char *name = get_AT_string (a, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name);
5630 if (! name)
5631 name = get_AT_string (a, DW_AT_name);
5632
5633 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, name);
5634 }
5635
5636 if (flag_debug_asm)
5637 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Address", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5638
5639 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5640 if (a->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
5641 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DELTA (asm_out_file, get_AT_hi_pc (a),
5642 get_AT_low_pc (a));
5643 else
5644 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DATA (asm_out_file,
5645 get_AT_unsigned (a, DW_AT_byte_size));
5646
5647 if (flag_debug_asm)
5648 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s Length", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5649
5650 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5651 }
5652
5653 /* Output the terminator words. */
5654 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DATA (asm_out_file, 0);
5655 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5656 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DATA (asm_out_file, 0);
5657 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5658 }
5659
5660 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
5661 information goes into the .debug_line section.
5662
5663 If the format of this data changes, then the function size_of_line_info
5664 must also be adjusted the same way. */
5665
5666 static void
5667 output_line_info ()
5668 {
5669 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
5670 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
5671 register unsigned opc;
5672 register unsigned n_op_args;
5673 register unsigned long ft_index;
5674 register unsigned long lt_index;
5675 register unsigned long current_line;
5676 register long line_offset;
5677 register long line_delta;
5678 register unsigned long current_file;
5679 register unsigned long function;
5680
5681 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, size_of_line_info ());
5682 if (flag_debug_asm)
5683 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Length of Source Line Info.",
5684 ASM_COMMENT_START);
5685
5686 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5687 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file, DWARF_VERSION);
5688 if (flag_debug_asm)
5689 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DWARF Version", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5690
5691 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5692 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, size_of_line_prolog ());
5693 if (flag_debug_asm)
5694 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Prolog Length", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5695
5696 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5697 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH);
5698 if (flag_debug_asm)
5699 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Minimum Instruction Length",
5700 ASM_COMMENT_START);
5701
5702 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5703 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START);
5704 if (flag_debug_asm)
5705 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Default is_stmt_start flag",
5706 ASM_COMMENT_START);
5707
5708 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5709 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s\t%d", ASM_BYTE_OP, DWARF_LINE_BASE);
5710 if (flag_debug_asm)
5711 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)",
5712 ASM_COMMENT_START);
5713
5714 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5715 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s\t%u", ASM_BYTE_OP, DWARF_LINE_RANGE);
5716 if (flag_debug_asm)
5717 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)",
5718 ASM_COMMENT_START);
5719
5720 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5721 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s\t%u", ASM_BYTE_OP, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE);
5722 if (flag_debug_asm)
5723 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Special Opcode Base", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5724
5725 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5726 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; ++opc)
5727 {
5728 switch (opc)
5729 {
5730 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
5731 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
5732 case DW_LNS_set_file:
5733 case DW_LNS_set_column:
5734 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
5735 n_op_args = 1;
5736 break;
5737 default:
5738 n_op_args = 0;
5739 break;
5740 }
5741 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, n_op_args);
5742 if (flag_debug_asm)
5743 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
5744 ASM_COMMENT_START, opc, n_op_args);
5745 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5746 }
5747
5748 if (flag_debug_asm)
5749 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s Include Directory Table\n", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5750
5751 /* Include directory table is empty, at present */
5752 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
5753 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5754 if (flag_debug_asm)
5755 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s File Name Table\n", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5756
5757 for (ft_index = 1; ft_index < file_table_in_use; ++ft_index)
5758 {
5759 if (flag_debug_asm)
5760 {
5761 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_STRING (asm_out_file, file_table[ft_index]);
5762 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s File Entry: 0x%lx",
5763 ASM_COMMENT_START, ft_index);
5764 }
5765 else
5766 {
5767 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file,
5768 file_table[ft_index],
5769 (int) strlen (file_table[ft_index]) + 1);
5770 }
5771
5772 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5773
5774 /* Include directory index */
5775 output_uleb128 (0);
5776 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5777
5778 /* Modification time */
5779 output_uleb128 (0);
5780 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5781
5782 /* File length in bytes */
5783 output_uleb128 (0);
5784 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5785 }
5786
5787 /* Terminate the file name table */
5788 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
5789 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5790
5791 /* Set the address register to the first location in the text section */
5792 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
5793 if (flag_debug_asm)
5794 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNE_set_address", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5795
5796 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5797 output_uleb128 (1 + PTR_SIZE);
5798 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5799 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNE_set_address);
5800 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5801 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION));
5802 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5803
5804 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
5805 a series of state machine operations. */
5806 current_file = 1;
5807 current_line = 1;
5808 strcpy (prev_line_label, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION));
5809 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
5810 {
5811 register dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5812
5813 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line, choosing
5814 the encoding that uses the least amount of space. */
5815 /* ??? Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must
5816 always use the most general form. Gcc does not know the address
5817 delta itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. There are no known
5818 dwarf2 aware assemblers at this time, so we can't use any special
5819 pseudo ops that would allow the assembler to optimally encode this for
5820 us. Many ports do have length attributes which will give an upper
5821 bound on the address range. We could perhaps use length attributes
5822 to determine when it is safe to use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
5823 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
5824 if (0)
5825 {
5826 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
5827 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc);
5828 if (flag_debug_asm)
5829 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc",
5830 ASM_COMMENT_START);
5831
5832 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5833 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2 (asm_out_file, line_label, prev_line_label);
5834 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5835 }
5836 else
5837 {
5838 /* This can handle any delta. This takes 4+PTR_SIZE bytes. */
5839 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
5840 if (flag_debug_asm)
5841 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNE_set_address",
5842 ASM_COMMENT_START);
5843 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5844 output_uleb128 (1 + PTR_SIZE);
5845 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5846 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNE_set_address);
5847 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5848 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, line_label);
5849 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5850 }
5851 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
5852
5853 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
5854 different from the previous line. */
5855 line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
5856 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
5857 {
5858 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
5859 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_set_file);
5860 if (flag_debug_asm)
5861 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_set_file", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5862
5863 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5864 output_uleb128 (current_file);
5865 if (flag_debug_asm)
5866 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (\"%s\")", file_table[current_file]);
5867
5868 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5869 }
5870
5871 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
5872 that uses the least amount of space. */
5873 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
5874 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
5875 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
5876 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
5877 {
5878 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
5879 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
5880 takes 1 byte. */
5881 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file,
5882 DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta);
5883 if (flag_debug_asm)
5884 fprintf (asm_out_file,
5885 "\t%s line %ld", ASM_COMMENT_START, current_line);
5886
5887 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5888 }
5889 else
5890 {
5891 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes, depending
5892 on the value being encoded. */
5893 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_advance_line);
5894 if (flag_debug_asm)
5895 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s advance to line %ld",
5896 ASM_COMMENT_START, current_line);
5897
5898 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5899 output_sleb128 (line_offset);
5900 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5901 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_copy);
5902 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5903 }
5904 }
5905
5906 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
5907 if (0)
5908 {
5909 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc);
5910 if (flag_debug_asm)
5911 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc",
5912 ASM_COMMENT_START);
5913
5914 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5915 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2 (asm_out_file, text_end_label, prev_line_label);
5916 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5917 }
5918 else
5919 {
5920 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
5921 if (flag_debug_asm)
5922 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNE_set_address", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5923 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5924 output_uleb128 (1 + PTR_SIZE);
5925 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5926 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNE_set_address);
5927 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5928 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, text_end_label);
5929 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5930 }
5931
5932 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
5933 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
5934 if (flag_debug_asm)
5935 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNE_end_sequence", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5936
5937 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5938 output_uleb128 (1);
5939 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5940 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNE_end_sequence);
5941 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5942
5943 function = 0;
5944 current_file = 1;
5945 current_line = 1;
5946 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use; )
5947 {
5948 register dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
5949 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
5950
5951 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
5952 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
5953 to handle it differently. */
5954 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
5955 lt_index);
5956 if (function != line_info->function)
5957 {
5958 function = line_info->function;
5959
5960 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function */
5961 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
5962 if (flag_debug_asm)
5963 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNE_set_address",
5964 ASM_COMMENT_START);
5965
5966 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5967 output_uleb128 (1 + PTR_SIZE);
5968 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5969 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNE_set_address);
5970 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5971 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, line_label);
5972 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5973 }
5974 else
5975 {
5976 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
5977 if (0)
5978 {
5979 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc);
5980 if (flag_debug_asm)
5981 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc",
5982 ASM_COMMENT_START);
5983
5984 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5985 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2 (asm_out_file, line_label,
5986 prev_line_label);
5987 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5988 }
5989 else
5990 {
5991 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
5992 if (flag_debug_asm)
5993 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNE_set_address",
5994 ASM_COMMENT_START);
5995 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5996 output_uleb128 (1 + PTR_SIZE);
5997 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5998 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNE_set_address);
5999 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6000 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, line_label);
6001 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6002 }
6003 }
6004 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
6005
6006 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
6007 different from the previous line. */
6008 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
6009 {
6010 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
6011 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_set_file);
6012 if (flag_debug_asm)
6013 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_set_file", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6014
6015 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6016 output_uleb128 (current_file);
6017 if (flag_debug_asm)
6018 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (\"%s\")", file_table[current_file]);
6019
6020 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6021 }
6022
6023 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
6024 that uses the least amount of space. */
6025 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
6026 {
6027 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
6028 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
6029 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
6030 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
6031 {
6032 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file,
6033 DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta);
6034 if (flag_debug_asm)
6035 fprintf (asm_out_file,
6036 "\t%s line %ld", ASM_COMMENT_START, current_line);
6037
6038 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6039 }
6040 else
6041 {
6042 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_advance_line);
6043 if (flag_debug_asm)
6044 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s advance to line %ld",
6045 ASM_COMMENT_START, current_line);
6046
6047 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6048 output_sleb128 (line_offset);
6049 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6050 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_copy);
6051 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6052 }
6053 }
6054
6055 ++lt_index;
6056
6057 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
6058 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
6059 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
6060 {
6061 current_file = 1;
6062 current_line = 1;
6063
6064 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
6065 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
6066 if (0)
6067 {
6068 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc);
6069 if (flag_debug_asm)
6070 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc",
6071 ASM_COMMENT_START);
6072
6073 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6074 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2 (asm_out_file, line_label,
6075 prev_line_label);
6076 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6077 }
6078 else
6079 {
6080 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
6081 if (flag_debug_asm)
6082 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNE_set_address",
6083 ASM_COMMENT_START);
6084 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6085 output_uleb128 (1 + PTR_SIZE);
6086 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6087 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNE_set_address);
6088 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6089 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, line_label);
6090 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6091 }
6092
6093 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
6094 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
6095 if (flag_debug_asm)
6096 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNE_end_sequence",
6097 ASM_COMMENT_START);
6098
6099 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6100 output_uleb128 (1);
6101 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6102 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNE_end_sequence);
6103 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6104 }
6105 }
6106 }
6107 \f
6108 /* Given a pointer to a BLOCK node return non-zero if (and only if) the node
6109 in question represents the outermost pair of curly braces (i.e. the "body
6110 block") of a function or method.
6111
6112 For any BLOCK node representing a "body block" of a function or method, the
6113 BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT of the node will point to another BLOCK node which
6114 represents the outermost (function) scope for the function or method (i.e.
6115 the one which includes the formal parameters). The BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT of
6116 *that* node in turn will point to the relevant FUNCTION_DECL node. */
6117
6118 static inline int
6119 is_body_block (stmt)
6120 register tree stmt;
6121 {
6122 if (TREE_CODE (stmt) == BLOCK)
6123 {
6124 register tree parent = BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (stmt);
6125
6126 if (TREE_CODE (parent) == BLOCK)
6127 {
6128 register tree grandparent = BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (parent);
6129
6130 if (TREE_CODE (grandparent) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6131 return 1;
6132 }
6133 }
6134
6135 return 0;
6136 }
6137
6138 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
6139 a DIE that describes the given type.
6140
6141 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
6142 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
6143
6144 static dw_die_ref
6145 base_type_die (type)
6146 register tree type;
6147 {
6148 register dw_die_ref base_type_result;
6149 register char *type_name;
6150 register enum dwarf_type encoding;
6151 register tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
6152
6153 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK
6154 || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
6155 return 0;
6156
6157 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
6158 name = DECL_NAME (name);
6159 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
6160
6161 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
6162 {
6163 case INTEGER_TYPE:
6164 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
6165 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
6166 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
6167 languages. */
6168 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
6169 && (type == char_type_node
6170 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
6171 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
6172 {
6173 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
6174 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
6175 else
6176 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
6177 break;
6178 }
6179 /* else fall through */
6180
6181 case CHAR_TYPE:
6182 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
6183 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
6184 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
6185 else
6186 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
6187 break;
6188
6189 case REAL_TYPE:
6190 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
6191 break;
6192
6193 case COMPLEX_TYPE:
6194 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
6195 break;
6196
6197 case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
6198 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
6199 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
6200 break;
6201
6202 default:
6203 abort (); /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
6204 }
6205
6206 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die);
6207 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
6208 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
6209 int_size_in_bytes (type));
6210 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
6211
6212 return base_type_result;
6213 }
6214
6215 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
6216 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
6217 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
6218 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
6219 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
6220 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
6221 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
6222 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
6223
6224 static tree
6225 root_type (type)
6226 register tree type;
6227 {
6228 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
6229 return error_mark_node;
6230
6231 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
6232 {
6233 case ERROR_MARK:
6234 return error_mark_node;
6235
6236 case POINTER_TYPE:
6237 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
6238 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
6239
6240 default:
6241 return type_main_variant (type);
6242 }
6243 }
6244
6245 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return non-zero if the
6246 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
6247
6248 static inline int
6249 is_base_type (type)
6250 register tree type;
6251 {
6252 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
6253 {
6254 case ERROR_MARK:
6255 case VOID_TYPE:
6256 case INTEGER_TYPE:
6257 case REAL_TYPE:
6258 case COMPLEX_TYPE:
6259 case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
6260 case CHAR_TYPE:
6261 return 1;
6262
6263 case SET_TYPE:
6264 case ARRAY_TYPE:
6265 case RECORD_TYPE:
6266 case UNION_TYPE:
6267 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
6268 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
6269 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
6270 case METHOD_TYPE:
6271 case POINTER_TYPE:
6272 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
6273 case FILE_TYPE:
6274 case OFFSET_TYPE:
6275 case LANG_TYPE:
6276 return 0;
6277
6278 default:
6279 abort ();
6280 }
6281
6282 return 0;
6283 }
6284
6285 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
6286 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
6287
6288 static dw_die_ref
6289 modified_type_die (type, is_const_type, is_volatile_type, context_die)
6290 register tree type;
6291 register int is_const_type;
6292 register int is_volatile_type;
6293 register dw_die_ref context_die;
6294 {
6295 register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
6296 register dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
6297 register dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
6298 register tree item_type = NULL;
6299
6300 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
6301 {
6302 type = build_type_variant (type, is_const_type, is_volatile_type);
6303
6304 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
6305 if (mod_type_die)
6306 return mod_type_die;
6307
6308 /* Handle C typedef types. */
6309 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
6310 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
6311 {
6312 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type));
6313 if (type == dtype)
6314 {
6315 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
6316 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
6317 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
6318 }
6319
6320 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
6321 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
6322 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
6323 type to which it refers. */
6324 mod_type_die
6325 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)),
6326 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
6327 context_die);
6328 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
6329 }
6330
6331 if (mod_type_die)
6332 /* OK */;
6333 else if (is_const_type)
6334 {
6335 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die);
6336 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
6337 }
6338 else if (is_volatile_type)
6339 {
6340 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die);
6341 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
6342 }
6343 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
6344 {
6345 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die);
6346 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
6347 #if 0
6348 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
6349 #endif
6350 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
6351 }
6352 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
6353 {
6354 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die);
6355 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
6356 #if 0
6357 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
6358 #endif
6359 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
6360 }
6361 else if (is_base_type (type))
6362 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
6363 else
6364 {
6365 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
6366
6367 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
6368 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
6369 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
6370 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
6371 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
6372 ..._TYPE node. */
6373 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
6374 if (mod_type_die == NULL)
6375 abort ();
6376 }
6377 }
6378
6379 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
6380 if (item_type)
6381 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
6382 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
6383 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
6384 types are possible in Ada. */
6385 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
6386 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
6387 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
6388 context_die);
6389
6390 if (sub_die != NULL)
6391 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
6392
6393 return mod_type_die;
6394 }
6395
6396 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
6397 an enumerated type. */
6398
6399 static inline int
6400 type_is_enum (type)
6401 register tree type;
6402 {
6403 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
6404 }
6405
6406 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register. */
6407
6408 static dw_loc_descr_ref
6409 reg_loc_descriptor (rtl)
6410 register rtx rtl;
6411 {
6412 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
6413 register unsigned reg = reg_number (rtl);
6414
6415 if (reg <= 31)
6416 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + reg, 0, 0);
6417 else
6418 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, reg, 0);
6419
6420 return loc_result;
6421 }
6422
6423 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
6424
6425 static dw_loc_descr_ref
6426 based_loc_descr (reg, offset)
6427 unsigned reg;
6428 long int offset;
6429 {
6430 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
6431 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
6432 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
6433 them. */
6434 register unsigned fp_reg = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
6435 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
6436 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
6437
6438 if (reg == fp_reg)
6439 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
6440 else if (reg <= 31)
6441 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + reg, offset, 0);
6442 else
6443 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
6444
6445 return loc_result;
6446 }
6447
6448 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
6449
6450 static inline int
6451 is_based_loc (rtl)
6452 register rtx rtl;
6453 {
6454 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
6455 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == REG
6456 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
6457 }
6458
6459 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
6460 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
6461 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
6462 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
6463
6464 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
6465 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
6466 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
6467 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes. */
6468
6469 static dw_loc_descr_ref
6470 mem_loc_descriptor (rtl)
6471 register rtx rtl;
6472 {
6473 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
6474 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
6475 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
6476 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
6477 zeroth element of the array. */
6478
6479 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
6480 {
6481 case SUBREG:
6482 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
6483 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
6484 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
6485 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
6486 contains the given subreg. */
6487 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
6488
6489 /* ... fall through ... */
6490
6491 case REG:
6492 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
6493 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
6494 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
6495 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
6496 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
6497 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
6498 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
6499 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
6500 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
6501 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
6502 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
6503 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
6504 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
6505 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl), 0);
6506 break;
6507
6508 case MEM:
6509 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0));
6510 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
6511 break;
6512
6513 case CONST:
6514 case SYMBOL_REF:
6515 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
6516 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
6517 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = addr_to_string (rtl);
6518 break;
6519
6520 case PLUS:
6521 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
6522 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
6523 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
6524 else
6525 {
6526 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
6527 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
6528 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
6529 }
6530 break;
6531
6532 case MULT:
6533 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
6534 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
6535 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
6536 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
6537 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
6538 break;
6539
6540 case CONST_INT:
6541 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu, INTVAL (rtl), 0);
6542 break;
6543
6544 default:
6545 abort ();
6546 }
6547
6548 return mem_loc_result;
6549 }
6550
6551 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
6552 This is typically a complex variable. */
6553
6554 static dw_loc_descr_ref
6555 concat_loc_descriptor (x0, x1)
6556 register rtx x0, x1;
6557 {
6558 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
6559
6560 if (!is_pseudo_reg (x0)
6561 && (GET_CODE (x0) != MEM || !is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (x0, 0))))
6562 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, loc_descriptor (x0));
6563 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
6564 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)), 0));
6565
6566 if (!is_pseudo_reg (x1)
6567 && (GET_CODE (x1) != MEM || !is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (x1, 0))))
6568 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, loc_descriptor (x1));
6569 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
6570 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)), 0));
6571
6572 return cc_loc_result;
6573 }
6574
6575 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
6576 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
6577 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
6578 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
6579 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack. */
6580
6581 static dw_loc_descr_ref
6582 loc_descriptor (rtl)
6583 register rtx rtl;
6584 {
6585 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
6586 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
6587 {
6588 case SUBREG:
6589 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
6590 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
6591 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
6592 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
6593 contains the given subreg. */
6594 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
6595
6596 /* ... fall through ... */
6597
6598 case REG:
6599 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
6600 break;
6601
6602 case MEM:
6603 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0));
6604 break;
6605
6606 case CONCAT:
6607 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
6608 break;
6609
6610 default:
6611 abort ();
6612 }
6613
6614 return loc_result;
6615 }
6616
6617 /* Given an unsigned value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
6618 which is not less than the value itself. */
6619
6620 static inline unsigned
6621 ceiling (value, boundary)
6622 register unsigned value;
6623 register unsigned boundary;
6624 {
6625 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
6626 }
6627
6628 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
6629 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
6630 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
6631 ERROR_MARK node. */
6632
6633 static inline tree
6634 field_type (decl)
6635 register tree decl;
6636 {
6637 register tree type;
6638
6639 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
6640 return integer_type_node;
6641
6642 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
6643 if (type == NULL_TREE)
6644 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
6645
6646 return type;
6647 }
6648
6649 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
6650 node, return the alignment in bits for the type, or else return
6651 BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to be an
6652 ERROR_MARK node. */
6653
6654 static inline unsigned
6655 simple_type_align_in_bits (type)
6656 register tree type;
6657 {
6658 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
6659 }
6660
6661 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
6662 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
6663 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
6664 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
6665 ERROR_MARK node. */
6666
6667 static inline unsigned
6668 simple_type_size_in_bits (type)
6669 register tree type;
6670 {
6671 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
6672 return BITS_PER_WORD;
6673 else
6674 {
6675 register tree type_size_tree = TYPE_SIZE (type);
6676
6677 if (TREE_CODE (type_size_tree) != INTEGER_CST)
6678 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
6679
6680 return (unsigned) TREE_INT_CST_LOW (type_size_tree);
6681 }
6682 }
6683
6684 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, compute and
6685 return the byte offset of the lowest addressed byte of the "containing
6686 object" for the given FIELD_DECL, or return 0 if we are unable to
6687 determine what that offset is, either because the argument turns out to
6688 be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or because the offset is actually
6689 variable. (We can't handle the latter case just yet). */
6690
6691 static unsigned
6692 field_byte_offset (decl)
6693 register tree decl;
6694 {
6695 register unsigned type_align_in_bytes;
6696 register unsigned type_align_in_bits;
6697 register unsigned type_size_in_bits;
6698 register unsigned object_offset_in_align_units;
6699 register unsigned object_offset_in_bits;
6700 register unsigned object_offset_in_bytes;
6701 register tree type;
6702 register tree bitpos_tree;
6703 register tree field_size_tree;
6704 register unsigned bitpos_int;
6705 register unsigned deepest_bitpos;
6706 register unsigned field_size_in_bits;
6707
6708 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
6709 return 0;
6710
6711 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
6712 abort ();
6713
6714 type = field_type (decl);
6715
6716 bitpos_tree = DECL_FIELD_BITPOS (decl);
6717 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
6718
6719 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions or sizes are variable, so
6720 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
6721 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
6722 if (TREE_CODE (bitpos_tree) != INTEGER_CST)
6723 return 0;
6724 bitpos_int = (unsigned) TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bitpos_tree);
6725
6726 if (TREE_CODE (field_size_tree) != INTEGER_CST)
6727 return 0;
6728
6729 field_size_in_bits = (unsigned) TREE_INT_CST_LOW (field_size_tree);
6730 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
6731 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
6732 type_align_in_bytes = type_align_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
6733
6734 /* Note that the GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of
6735 the starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
6736 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-
6737 field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the start of the
6738 "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce this information on
6739 our own. This can be rather tricky to do in some cases. For example,
6740 handling the following structure type definition when compiling for an
6741 i386/i486 target (which only aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries)
6742 can be very tricky:
6743
6744 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
6745
6746 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be
6747 used in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate
6748 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon
6749 one simple rule for bit-field allocation. Quite simply, GCC allocates
6750 each "containing object" for each bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest
6751 addressed) legitimate alignment boundary (based upon the required
6752 minimum alignment for the declared type of the field) which it can
6753 possibly use, subject to the condition that there is still enough
6754 available space remaining in the containing object (when allocated at
6755 the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the bits of the
6756 bit-field itself. This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates
6757 8 bytes for each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
6758 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the
6759 compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each
6760 successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to
6761 allocate that 64- bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and
6762 previously unallocated) bits remain within that selected 64 bit field.
6763 (As it turns out, for the example above, the compiler finds that it is
6764 OK to allocate the "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero
6765 within the structure type.) Here we attempt to work backwards from the
6766 limited set of facts we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts,
6767 where GCC must have believed that the containing object started (within
6768 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the callers of
6769 this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes
6770 for fields (both bit-fields and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular
6771 fields as well). */
6772
6773 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
6774 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
6775 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
6776
6777 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
6778 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
6779 object_offset_in_bits
6780 = ceiling (deepest_bitpos, type_align_in_bits) - type_size_in_bits;
6781
6782 /* Compute the offset of the containing object in "alignment units". */
6783 object_offset_in_align_units = object_offset_in_bits / type_align_in_bits;
6784
6785 /* Compute the offset of the containing object in bytes. */
6786 object_offset_in_bytes = object_offset_in_align_units * type_align_in_bytes;
6787
6788 return object_offset_in_bytes;
6789 }
6790 \f
6791 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
6792 associated with them. */
6793
6794 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
6795
6796 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
6797 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
6798 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
6799
6800 static void
6801 add_AT_location_description (die, attr_kind, rtl)
6802 dw_die_ref die;
6803 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
6804 register rtx rtl;
6805 {
6806 /* Handle a special case. If we are about to output a location descriptor
6807 for a variable or parameter which has been optimized out of existence,
6808 don't do that. A variable which has been optimized out
6809 of existence will have a DECL_RTL value which denotes a pseudo-reg.
6810 Currently, in some rare cases, variables can have DECL_RTL values which
6811 look like (MEM (REG pseudo-reg#)). These cases are due to bugs
6812 elsewhere in the compiler. We treat such cases as if the variable(s) in
6813 question had been optimized out of existence. */
6814
6815 if (is_pseudo_reg (rtl)
6816 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
6817 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
6818 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONCAT
6819 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 0))
6820 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 1))))
6821 return;
6822
6823 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, loc_descriptor (rtl));
6824 }
6825
6826 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data
6827 members of struct and union types. In the special case of a
6828 FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, the "offset" part
6829 of this special location descriptor must indicate the distance
6830 in bytes from the lowest-addressed byte of the containing struct
6831 or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of the "containing
6832 object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset' function
6833 above).. For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a
6834 hypothetical object (of some integral or enum type) within which
6835 the given bit-field lives. The type of this hypothetical
6836 "containing object" is always the same as the declared type of
6837 the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the DWARF
6838 spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size
6839 (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will
6840 be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
6841 (See the `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used
6842 when calculating the value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute.
6843 (See the `bit_offset_attribute' function below). */
6844
6845 static void
6846 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, decl)
6847 register dw_die_ref die;
6848 register tree decl;
6849 {
6850 register unsigned long offset;
6851 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr;
6852 register enum dwarf_location_atom op;
6853
6854 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_VEC)
6855 offset = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (BINFO_OFFSET (decl));
6856 else
6857 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
6858
6859 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure address
6860 is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field address
6861 by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
6862
6863 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
6864 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst operator
6865 correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the stack. */
6866 op = DW_OP_constu;
6867 #else
6868 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
6869 #endif
6870
6871 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
6872 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
6873 }
6874
6875 /* Attach an DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
6876 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
6877 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
6878 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
6879 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
6880
6881 static void
6882 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl)
6883 register dw_die_ref die;
6884 register rtx rtl;
6885 {
6886 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
6887 {
6888 case CONST_INT:
6889 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer or a
6890 floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever the constant
6891 will fit into a single word. In all such cases, the original mode
6892 of the constant value is wiped out, and the CONST_INT rtx is
6893 assigned VOIDmode. */
6894 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned) INTVAL (rtl));
6895 break;
6896
6897 case CONST_DOUBLE:
6898 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
6899 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
6900 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
6901 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
6902 {
6903 register enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
6904
6905 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
6906 {
6907 register unsigned length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / sizeof (long);
6908 long array[4];
6909 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
6910
6911 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
6912 switch (mode)
6913 {
6914 case SFmode:
6915 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv, array[0]);
6916 break;
6917
6918 case DFmode:
6919 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv, array);
6920 break;
6921
6922 case XFmode:
6923 case TFmode:
6924 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv, array);
6925 break;
6926
6927 default:
6928 abort ();
6929 }
6930
6931 add_AT_float (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, array);
6932 }
6933 else
6934 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
6935 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
6936 }
6937 break;
6938
6939 case CONST_STRING:
6940 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
6941 break;
6942
6943 case SYMBOL_REF:
6944 case LABEL_REF:
6945 case CONST:
6946 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, addr_to_string (rtl));
6947 break;
6948
6949 case PLUS:
6950 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
6951 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
6952 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
6953 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
6954 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
6955 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
6956 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
6957 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
6958 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
6959 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
6960 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
6961 break;
6962
6963 default:
6964 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
6965 abort ();
6966 }
6967
6968 }
6969
6970 /* Generate *either* an DW_AT_location attribute or else an DW_AT_const_value
6971 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
6972 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
6973 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
6974 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
6975 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
6976 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
6977 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
6978 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
6979 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
6980
6981 static void
6982 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die, decl)
6983 register dw_die_ref die;
6984 register tree decl;
6985 {
6986 register rtx rtl;
6987 register tree declared_type;
6988 register tree passed_type;
6989
6990 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
6991 return;
6992
6993 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL)
6994 abort ();
6995
6996 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
6997 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
6998 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
6999
7000 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
7001 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
7002 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
7003 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
7004 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
7005 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
7006 referenced within the function.
7007
7008 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
7009 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
7010 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
7011 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
7012
7013 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
7014 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
7015 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
7016 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
7017 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
7018 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
7019
7020 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
7021 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
7022 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
7023 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
7024 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
7025 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
7026 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
7027 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
7028 output at debug-time.
7029
7030 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
7031 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
7032 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
7033 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
7034 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
7035 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
7036 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
7037 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
7038 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
7039 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
7040 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
7041 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
7042 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
7043
7044 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
7045 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between
7046 the end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that
7047 as best as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is
7048 modified sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack
7049 backtrace (at debug-time) will show the function as having been
7050 called with the *new* value rather than the value which was
7051 originally passed in. This happens rarely enough that it is not
7052 a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and I'd like to fix it.
7053
7054 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional
7055 attributes for any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will
7056 describe the "passed type" and the "passed location" for the
7057 given formal parameter in addition to the attributes we now
7058 generate to indicate the "declared type" and the "active
7059 location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
7060 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note
7061 that sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be
7062 NULL also. This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of
7063 inline function formal parameters which are never referenced.
7064 This really shouldn't be happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should
7065 get valid non-NULL DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c
7066 doesn't currently generate these values for inlined instances of
7067 inline function parameters, so when we see such cases, we are
7068 just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
7069 gets fixed). */
7070
7071 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
7072 rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
7073
7074 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
7075 {
7076 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
7077 {
7078 declared_type = type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl));
7079 passed_type = type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl));
7080
7081 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
7082 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
7083 all* cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
7084 if (declared_type == passed_type)
7085 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
7086 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
7087 && TREE_CODE (declared_type) == INTEGER_TYPE
7088 && TYPE_SIZE (declared_type) <= TYPE_SIZE (passed_type))
7089 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
7090 }
7091 }
7092
7093 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
7094 return;
7095
7096 rtl = eliminate_regs (rtl, 0, NULL_RTX);
7097 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
7098 if (leaf_function)
7099 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl);
7100 #endif
7101
7102 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
7103 {
7104 case ADDRESSOF:
7105 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away; don't emit
7106 anything. */
7107 break;
7108
7109 case CONST_INT:
7110 case CONST_DOUBLE:
7111 case CONST_STRING:
7112 case SYMBOL_REF:
7113 case LABEL_REF:
7114 case CONST:
7115 case PLUS:
7116 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
7117 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
7118 break;
7119
7120 case MEM:
7121 case REG:
7122 case SUBREG:
7123 case CONCAT:
7124 add_AT_location_description (die, DW_AT_location, rtl);
7125 break;
7126
7127 default:
7128 abort ();
7129 }
7130 }
7131
7132 /* Generate an DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
7133 the value of the attribute. */
7134
7135 static inline void
7136 add_name_attribute (die, name_string)
7137 register dw_die_ref die;
7138 register char *name_string;
7139 {
7140 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
7141 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
7142 }
7143
7144 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
7145 a representation for that bound. */
7146
7147 static void
7148 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, bound)
7149 register dw_die_ref subrange_die;
7150 register enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr;
7151 register tree bound;
7152 {
7153 register unsigned bound_value = 0;
7154
7155 /* If this is an Ada unconstrained array type, then don't emit any debug
7156 info because the array bounds are unknown. They are parameterized when
7157 the type is instantiated. */
7158 if (contains_placeholder_p (bound))
7159 return;
7160
7161 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
7162 {
7163 case ERROR_MARK:
7164 return;
7165
7166 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
7167 case INTEGER_CST:
7168 bound_value = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound);
7169 if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
7170 && ((is_c_family () && bound_value == 0)
7171 || (is_fortran () && bound_value == 1)))
7172 /* use the default */;
7173 else
7174 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, bound_value);
7175 break;
7176
7177 case CONVERT_EXPR:
7178 case NOP_EXPR:
7179 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
7180 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
7181 break;
7182
7183 case SAVE_EXPR:
7184 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
7185 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
7186 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
7187 points in the generated code right after they have just been
7188 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
7189 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
7190 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
7191 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
7192 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
7193 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
7194 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
7195 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
7196 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
7197 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
7198 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in a array
7199 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
7200 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
7201 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
7202
7203 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
7204 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
7205 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
7206 if (! optimize || GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)) == MEM)
7207 {
7208 register dw_die_ref ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
7209 register dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx);
7210 register rtx loc = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound);
7211
7212 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
7213 it references an outer function's frame. */
7214
7215 if (GET_CODE (loc) == MEM)
7216 {
7217 rtx new_addr = fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc, 0), bound);
7218
7219 if (XEXP (loc, 0) != new_addr)
7220 loc = gen_rtx (MEM, GET_MODE (loc), new_addr);
7221 }
7222
7223 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
7224 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
7225 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
7226 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
7227 }
7228
7229 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
7230 break;
7231
7232 case MAX_EXPR:
7233 case VAR_DECL:
7234 case COMPONENT_REF:
7235 /* ??? These types of bounds can be created by the Ada front end,
7236 and it isn't clear how to emit debug info for them. */
7237 break;
7238
7239 default:
7240 abort ();
7241 }
7242 }
7243
7244 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
7245 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
7246
7247 static void
7248 add_subscript_info (type_die, type)
7249 register dw_die_ref type_die;
7250 register tree type;
7251 {
7252 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7253 register unsigned dimension_number;
7254 #endif
7255 register tree lower, upper;
7256 register dw_die_ref subrange_die;
7257
7258 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
7259 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
7260 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
7261 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
7262 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
7263 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
7264 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
7265 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
7266
7267 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
7268 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
7269 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
7270 gen_array_type_die. */
7271 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7272 for (dimension_number = 0;
7273 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
7274 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
7275 {
7276 #endif
7277 register tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
7278
7279 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
7280 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
7281 here. */
7282 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die);
7283 if (domain)
7284 {
7285 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
7286 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
7287 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
7288
7289 /* define the index type. */
7290 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
7291 {
7292 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
7293 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
7294 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
7295 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
7296 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
7297 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
7298 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
7299 ;
7300 else
7301 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
7302 type_die);
7303 }
7304
7305 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
7306 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
7307 dimension arr(N:*)
7308 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
7309 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
7310 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
7311
7312 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
7313 if (upper)
7314 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
7315 }
7316 else
7317 /* We have an array type with an unspecified length. The DWARF-2
7318 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
7319 bounds. */
7320 {;}
7321
7322
7323 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7324 }
7325 #endif
7326 }
7327
7328 static void
7329 add_byte_size_attribute (die, tree_node)
7330 dw_die_ref die;
7331 register tree tree_node;
7332 {
7333 register unsigned size;
7334
7335 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
7336 {
7337 case ERROR_MARK:
7338 size = 0;
7339 break;
7340 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
7341 case RECORD_TYPE:
7342 case UNION_TYPE:
7343 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
7344 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
7345 break;
7346 case FIELD_DECL:
7347 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
7348 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
7349 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
7350 even for bit-fields. */
7351 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
7352 break;
7353 default:
7354 abort ();
7355 }
7356
7357 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
7358 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
7359 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
7360 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
7361
7362 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
7363 }
7364
7365 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
7366 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
7367 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
7368 bit-field itself.
7369
7370 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical
7371 object (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field
7372 lives. The type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the
7373 same as the declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The
7374 determination of the exact location of the "containing object" for a
7375 bit-field is rather complicated. It's handled by the
7376 `field_byte_offset' function (above).
7377
7378 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
7379 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
7380 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
7381
7382 static inline void
7383 add_bit_offset_attribute (die, decl)
7384 register dw_die_ref die;
7385 register tree decl;
7386 {
7387 register unsigned object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
7388 register tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
7389 register tree bitpos_tree = DECL_FIELD_BITPOS (decl);
7390 register unsigned bitpos_int;
7391 register unsigned highest_order_object_bit_offset;
7392 register unsigned highest_order_field_bit_offset;
7393 register unsigned bit_offset;
7394
7395 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
7396 if (!type
7397 || TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
7398 abort ();
7399
7400 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
7401 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
7402 whatsoever. */
7403 if (TREE_CODE (bitpos_tree) != INTEGER_CST)
7404 return;
7405
7406 bitpos_int = (unsigned) TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bitpos_tree);
7407
7408 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
7409 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
7410 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
7411 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
7412 below must take account of these differences. */
7413 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
7414 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
7415
7416 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
7417 {
7418 highest_order_field_bit_offset
7419 += (unsigned) TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (decl));
7420
7421 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
7422 }
7423
7424 bit_offset
7425 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
7426 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
7427 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
7428
7429 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
7430 }
7431
7432 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
7433 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
7434
7435 static inline void
7436 add_bit_size_attribute (die, decl)
7437 register dw_die_ref die;
7438 register tree decl;
7439 {
7440 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
7441 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL
7442 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
7443 abort ();
7444 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size,
7445 (unsigned) TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (decl)));
7446 }
7447
7448 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
7449 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
7450
7451 static inline void
7452 add_prototyped_attribute (die, func_type)
7453 register dw_die_ref die;
7454 register tree func_type;
7455 {
7456 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
7457 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
7458 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
7459 }
7460
7461
7462 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
7463 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
7464 equate table. */
7465
7466 static inline void
7467 add_abstract_origin_attribute (die, origin)
7468 register dw_die_ref die;
7469 register tree origin;
7470 {
7471 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
7472 if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (origin)) == 'd')
7473 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
7474 else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (origin)) == 't')
7475 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
7476
7477 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
7478 }
7479
7480 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
7481
7482 static inline void
7483 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (die, func_decl)
7484 register dw_die_ref die;
7485 register tree func_decl;
7486 {
7487 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
7488 {
7489 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
7490 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
7491 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
7492 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl)),
7493 0));
7494
7495 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
7496 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
7497 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
7498 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
7499 }
7500 }
7501 \f
7502 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
7503
7504 static void
7505 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
7506 register dw_die_ref die;
7507 register tree decl;
7508 {
7509 register unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
7510
7511 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
7512 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
7513 }
7514
7515 /* Add an DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
7516 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
7517
7518 static void
7519 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
7520 register dw_die_ref die;
7521 register tree decl;
7522 {
7523 register tree decl_name;
7524
7525 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
7526 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
7527 {
7528 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
7529 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
7530 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
7531 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
7532 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
7533 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
7534 }
7535 }
7536
7537 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
7538
7539 static void
7540 push_decl_scope (scope)
7541 tree scope;
7542 {
7543 tree containing_scope;
7544 int i;
7545
7546 /* Make room in the decl_scope_table, if necessary. */
7547 if (decl_scope_table_allocated == decl_scope_depth)
7548 {
7549 decl_scope_table_allocated += DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7550 decl_scope_table
7551 = (decl_scope_node *) xrealloc (decl_scope_table,
7552 (decl_scope_table_allocated
7553 * sizeof (decl_scope_node)));
7554 }
7555
7556 decl_scope_table[decl_scope_depth].scope = scope;
7557
7558 /* Sometimes, while recursively emitting subtypes within a class type,
7559 we end up recuring on a subtype at a higher level then the current
7560 subtype. In such a case, we need to search the decl_scope_table to
7561 find the parent of this subtype. */
7562
7563 if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (scope))
7564 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (scope);
7565 else
7566 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
7567
7568 /* The normal case. */
7569 if (decl_scope_depth == 0
7570 || containing_scope == NULL_TREE
7571 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
7572 || TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL
7573 || containing_scope == decl_scope_table[decl_scope_depth - 1].scope)
7574 decl_scope_table[decl_scope_depth].previous = decl_scope_depth - 1;
7575 else
7576 {
7577 /* We need to search for the containing_scope. */
7578 for (i = 0; i < decl_scope_depth; i++)
7579 if (decl_scope_table[i].scope == containing_scope)
7580 break;
7581
7582 if (i == decl_scope_depth)
7583 abort ();
7584 else
7585 decl_scope_table[decl_scope_depth].previous = i;
7586 }
7587
7588 decl_scope_depth++;
7589 }
7590
7591 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this declaration. */
7592
7593 static dw_die_ref
7594 scope_die_for (t, context_die)
7595 register tree t;
7596 register dw_die_ref context_die;
7597 {
7598 register dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
7599 register tree containing_scope;
7600 register int i;
7601
7602 /* Walk back up the declaration tree looking for a place to define
7603 this type. */
7604 if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (t)) == 't')
7605 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
7606 else if (TREE_CODE (t) == FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_VINDEX (t))
7607 containing_scope = decl_class_context (t);
7608 else
7609 containing_scope = DECL_CONTEXT (t);
7610
7611 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
7612 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
7613 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
7614
7615 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
7616 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
7617 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
7618 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
7619 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
7620
7621 /* Function-local tags and functions get stuck in limbo until they are
7622 fixed up by decls_for_scope. */
7623 if (context_die == NULL && containing_scope != NULL_TREE
7624 && (TREE_CODE (t) == FUNCTION_DECL || is_tagged_type (t)))
7625 return NULL;
7626
7627 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
7628 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
7629 else
7630 {
7631 for (i = decl_scope_depth - 1, scope_die = context_die;
7632 i >= 0 && decl_scope_table[i].scope != containing_scope;
7633 (scope_die = scope_die->die_parent,
7634 i = decl_scope_table[i].previous))
7635 ;
7636
7637 /* ??? Integrate_decl_tree does not handle BLOCK_TYPE_TAGS, nor
7638 does it try to handle types defined by TYPE_DECLs. Such types
7639 thus have an incorrect TYPE_CONTEXT, which points to the block
7640 they were originally defined in, instead of the current block
7641 created by function inlining. We try to detect that here and
7642 work around it. */
7643
7644 if (i < 0 && scope_die == comp_unit_die
7645 && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == BLOCK
7646 && is_tagged_type (t)
7647 && (block_ultimate_origin (decl_scope_table[decl_scope_depth - 1].scope)
7648 == containing_scope))
7649 {
7650 scope_die = context_die;
7651 /* Since the checks below are no longer applicable. */
7652 i = 0;
7653 }
7654
7655 if (i < 0)
7656 {
7657 if (scope_die != comp_unit_die
7658 || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (containing_scope)) != 't')
7659 abort ();
7660 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
7661 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope))
7662 abort ();
7663 }
7664 }
7665
7666 return scope_die;
7667 }
7668
7669 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
7670 static inline void
7671 pop_decl_scope ()
7672 {
7673 if (decl_scope_depth <= 0)
7674 abort ();
7675 --decl_scope_depth;
7676 }
7677
7678 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
7679 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
7680 by 'type', and adds an DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
7681
7682 static void
7683 add_type_attribute (object_die, type, decl_const, decl_volatile, context_die)
7684 register dw_die_ref object_die;
7685 register tree type;
7686 register int decl_const;
7687 register int decl_volatile;
7688 register dw_die_ref context_die;
7689 {
7690 register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
7691 register dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
7692
7693 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
7694 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
7695 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
7696 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
7697 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
7698 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
7699 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
7700
7701 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
7702 return;
7703
7704 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
7705 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
7706 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
7707 if (code == VOID_TYPE)
7708 return;
7709
7710 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
7711 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
7712 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
7713 context_die);
7714 if (type_die != NULL)
7715 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
7716 }
7717
7718 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
7719 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
7720 was declared without a tag. */
7721
7722 static char *
7723 type_tag (type)
7724 register tree type;
7725 {
7726 register char *name = 0;
7727
7728 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
7729 {
7730 register tree t = 0;
7731
7732 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
7733 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
7734 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
7735
7736 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
7737 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
7738 involved. */
7739 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
7740 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
7741 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
7742
7743 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
7744 if (t != 0)
7745 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
7746 }
7747
7748 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
7749 }
7750
7751 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
7752 for bit field types. */
7753
7754 static inline tree
7755 member_declared_type (member)
7756 register tree member;
7757 {
7758 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
7759 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
7760 : TREE_TYPE (member));
7761 }
7762
7763 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
7764 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
7765
7766 #if 0
7767 static char *
7768 decl_start_label (decl)
7769 register tree decl;
7770 {
7771 rtx x;
7772 char *fnname;
7773 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
7774 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
7775 abort ();
7776
7777 x = XEXP (x, 0);
7778 if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
7779 abort ();
7780
7781 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
7782 return fnname;
7783 }
7784 #endif
7785 \f
7786 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
7787 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
7788 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
7789
7790 static void
7791 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die)
7792 register tree type;
7793 register dw_die_ref context_die;
7794 {
7795 register dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
7796 register dw_die_ref array_die;
7797 register tree element_type;
7798
7799 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
7800 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
7801 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
7802 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7803 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
7804 #endif
7805
7806 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die);
7807
7808 #if 0
7809 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
7810 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
7811 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
7812 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
7813 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
7814 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
7815 for multidimensional arrays. */
7816 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
7817 #endif
7818
7819 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7820 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
7821 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
7822 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
7823 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
7824 else
7825 #endif
7826 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
7827
7828 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
7829
7830 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
7831 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
7832
7833 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
7834 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
7835 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
7836 add_subscript_info. */
7837 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7838 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
7839 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
7840
7841 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
7842 #endif
7843
7844 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
7845 }
7846
7847 static void
7848 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die)
7849 register tree type;
7850 register dw_die_ref context_die;
7851 {
7852 register dw_die_ref type_die
7853 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
7854
7855 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
7856 add_type_attribute (type_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
7857 }
7858
7859 #if 0
7860 static void
7861 gen_entry_point_die (decl, context_die)
7862 register tree decl;
7863 register dw_die_ref context_die;
7864 {
7865 register tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
7866 register dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die);
7867 if (origin != NULL)
7868 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
7869 else
7870 {
7871 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
7872 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
7873 0, 0, context_die);
7874 }
7875
7876 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
7877 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
7878 else
7879 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
7880 }
7881 #endif
7882
7883 /* Remember a type in the pending_types_list. */
7884
7885 static void
7886 pend_type (type)
7887 register tree type;
7888 {
7889 if (pending_types == pending_types_allocated)
7890 {
7891 pending_types_allocated += PENDING_TYPES_INCREMENT;
7892 pending_types_list
7893 = (tree *) xrealloc (pending_types_list,
7894 sizeof (tree) * pending_types_allocated);
7895 }
7896
7897 pending_types_list[pending_types++] = type;
7898 }
7899
7900 /* Output any pending types (from the pending_types list) which we can output
7901 now (taking into account the scope that we are working on now).
7902
7903 For each type output, remove the given type from the pending_types_list
7904 *before* we try to output it. */
7905
7906 static void
7907 output_pending_types_for_scope (context_die)
7908 register dw_die_ref context_die;
7909 {
7910 register tree type;
7911
7912 while (pending_types)
7913 {
7914 --pending_types;
7915 type = pending_types_list[pending_types];
7916 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
7917 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
7918 abort ();
7919 }
7920 }
7921
7922 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
7923
7924 static void
7925 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
7926 register tree type;
7927 register dw_die_ref context_die;
7928 {
7929 register dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
7930 scope_die_for (type, context_die));
7931
7932 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
7933 abort ();
7934 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
7935 }
7936
7937 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
7938
7939 static void
7940 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die)
7941 register tree type;
7942 register dw_die_ref context_die;
7943 {
7944 register dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type,
7945 scope_die_for (type, context_die));
7946
7947 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
7948 abort ();
7949 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
7950 }
7951
7952 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
7953
7954 static void
7955 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die)
7956 register tree type;
7957 register dw_die_ref context_die;
7958 {
7959 register dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type,
7960 scope_die_for (type, context_die));
7961
7962 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
7963 abort ();
7964 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
7965 }
7966
7967 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
7968 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
7969 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
7970 DIE. */
7971
7972 static void
7973 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
7974 register tree type;
7975 register dw_die_ref context_die;
7976 {
7977 register dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
7978
7979 if (type_die == NULL)
7980 {
7981 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
7982 scope_die_for (type, context_die));
7983 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
7984 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
7985 }
7986 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
7987 return;
7988 else
7989 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
7990
7991 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
7992 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
7993 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
7994 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
7995 {
7996 register tree link;
7997
7998 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
7999 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
8000 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
8001 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
8002
8003 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
8004 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
8005 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
8006 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
8007
8008 for (link = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
8009 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
8010 {
8011 register dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die);
8012
8013 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
8014 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
8015 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
8016 (unsigned) TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (link)));
8017 }
8018 }
8019 else
8020 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
8021 }
8022
8023
8024 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
8025 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
8026 type.
8027
8028 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
8029 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
8030 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
8031 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
8032 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
8033 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
8034 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
8035 argument type of some subprogram type. */
8036
8037 static dw_die_ref
8038 gen_formal_parameter_die (node, context_die)
8039 register tree node;
8040 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8041 {
8042 register dw_die_ref parm_die
8043 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die);
8044 register tree origin;
8045
8046 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
8047 {
8048 case 'd':
8049 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
8050 if (origin != NULL)
8051 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
8052 else
8053 {
8054 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
8055 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
8056 TREE_READONLY (node),
8057 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
8058 context_die);
8059 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
8060 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
8061 }
8062
8063 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
8064 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
8065 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node);
8066
8067 break;
8068
8069 case 't':
8070 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
8071 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
8072 break;
8073
8074 default:
8075 abort ();
8076 }
8077
8078 return parm_die;
8079 }
8080
8081 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
8082 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
8083
8084 static void
8085 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl_or_type, context_die)
8086 register tree decl_or_type;
8087 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8088 {
8089 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die);
8090 }
8091
8092 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
8093 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
8094 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
8095 those which appear as part of a function *definition*).
8096
8097 Note we must be careful here to output all of the parameter DIEs before*
8098 we output any DIEs needed to represent the types of the formal parameters.
8099 This keeps svr4 SDB happy because it (incorrectly) thinks that the first
8100 non-parameter DIE it sees ends the formal parameter list. */
8101
8102 static void
8103 gen_formal_types_die (function_or_method_type, context_die)
8104 register tree function_or_method_type;
8105 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8106 {
8107 register tree link;
8108 register tree formal_type = NULL;
8109 register tree first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
8110
8111 #if 0
8112 /* In the case where we are generating a formal types list for a C++
8113 non-static member function type, skip over the first thing on the
8114 TYPE_ARG_TYPES list because it only represents the type of the hidden
8115 `this pointer'. The debugger should be able to figure out (without
8116 being explicitly told) that this non-static member function type takes a
8117 `this pointer' and should be able to figure what the type of that hidden
8118 parameter is from the DW_AT_member attribute of the parent
8119 DW_TAG_subroutine_type DIE. */
8120 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE)
8121 first_parm_type = TREE_CHAIN (first_parm_type);
8122 #endif
8123
8124 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
8125 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
8126 for (link = first_parm_type; link; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
8127 {
8128 register dw_die_ref parm_die;
8129
8130 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
8131 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
8132 break;
8133
8134 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
8135 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
8136 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
8137 && link == first_parm_type)
8138 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
8139 }
8140
8141 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
8142 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
8143 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
8144 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
8145
8146 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
8147 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
8148 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
8149 link;
8150 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
8151 {
8152 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
8153 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
8154 break;
8155
8156 gen_type_die (formal_type, context_die);
8157 }
8158 }
8159
8160 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
8161 block-local). */
8162
8163 static void
8164 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die)
8165 register tree decl;
8166 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8167 {
8168 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
8169 register tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
8170 register dw_die_ref subr_die;
8171 register rtx fp_reg;
8172 register tree fn_arg_types;
8173 register tree outer_scope;
8174 register dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
8175 register int declaration
8176 = (current_function_decl != decl
8177 || (context_die
8178 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
8179 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)));
8180
8181 if (origin != NULL)
8182 {
8183 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die);
8184 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
8185 }
8186 else if (old_die && DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
8187 && get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
8188 {
8189 /* This must be a redefinition of an extern inline function.
8190 We can just reuse the old die here. */
8191 subr_die = old_die;
8192
8193 /* Clear out the inlined attribute and parm types. */
8194 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_inline);
8195 remove_children (subr_die);
8196 }
8197 else if (old_die)
8198 {
8199 register unsigned file_index
8200 = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
8201
8202 if (get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) != 1)
8203 {
8204 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
8205 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
8206 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
8207 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
8208 we got here because of a input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
8209 extern int errorcount;
8210 if (errorcount)
8211 return;
8212 abort ();
8213 }
8214
8215 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
8216 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
8217 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
8218 debugger can find it. For inlines, that is the concrete instance,
8219 so we can use the old DIE here. For non-inline methods, we want a
8220 specification DIE at toplevel, so we need a new DIE. For local
8221 class methods, this does not apply. */
8222 if ((DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die
8223 || context_die == NULL)
8224 && get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
8225 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
8226 == DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl)))
8227 {
8228 subr_die = old_die;
8229
8230 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
8231 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
8232 remove_children (subr_die);
8233 }
8234 else
8235 {
8236 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die);
8237 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
8238 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
8239 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
8240 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
8241 != DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
8242 add_AT_unsigned
8243 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
8244 }
8245 }
8246 else
8247 {
8248 register dw_die_ref scope_die;
8249
8250 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
8251 scope_die = scope_die_for (decl, context_die);
8252 else
8253 /* Don't put block extern declarations under comp_unit_die. */
8254 scope_die = context_die;
8255
8256 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, scope_die);
8257
8258 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
8259 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
8260
8261 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
8262 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
8263 {
8264 register tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
8265
8266 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
8267 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
8268 }
8269
8270 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
8271 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
8272 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
8273 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
8274 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
8275 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
8276 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
8277 }
8278
8279 if (declaration)
8280 {
8281 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
8282
8283 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
8284 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
8285 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
8286 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
8287 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
8288 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
8289 }
8290 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
8291 {
8292 /* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static inline functions,
8293 but not for extern inline functions. We can't get this completely
8294 correct because information about whether the function was declared
8295 inline is not saved anywhere. */
8296 if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl))
8297 {
8298 if (DECL_INLINE (decl))
8299 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
8300 else
8301 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline,
8302 DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
8303 }
8304 else if (DECL_INLINE (decl))
8305 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
8306 else
8307 abort ();
8308
8309 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
8310 }
8311 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
8312 {
8313 if (origin == NULL_TREE)
8314 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
8315
8316 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
8317 current_funcdef_number);
8318 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
8319 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
8320 current_funcdef_number);
8321 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
8322
8323 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
8324 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
8325
8326 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8327 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
8328 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
8329 #endif
8330
8331 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
8332 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
8333 variables is relative to one of them. */
8334 fp_reg
8335 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
8336 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
8337
8338 #if 0
8339 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
8340 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
8341 if (current_function_needs_context)
8342 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
8343 lookup_static_chain (decl));
8344 #endif
8345 }
8346
8347 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
8348 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
8349 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
8350 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
8351 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
8352 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
8353 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
8354 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
8355 an ellipsis at the end. */
8356 push_decl_scope (decl);
8357
8358 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
8359 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
8360 its formal parameters. */
8361 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
8362 ;
8363 else if (declaration)
8364 gen_formal_types_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), subr_die);
8365 else
8366 {
8367 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters */
8368 register tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
8369 register tree parm;
8370
8371 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
8372 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
8373 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
8374 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
8375 {
8376 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
8377 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
8378 "__builtin_va_alist"))
8379 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
8380 else
8381 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
8382 }
8383
8384 /* Decide whether we need a unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
8385 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
8386 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
8387 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
8388 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
8389 parameters at all. */
8390 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
8391 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
8392 {
8393 /* this is the prototyped case, check for ... */
8394 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
8395 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
8396 }
8397 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
8398 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
8399 }
8400
8401 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
8402 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
8403 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
8404
8405 /* Note that here, `outer_scope' is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK
8406 node created to represent a function. This outermost BLOCK actually
8407 represents the outermost binding contour for the function, i.e. the
8408 contour in which the function's formal parameters and labels get
8409 declared. Curiously, it appears that the front end doesn't actually
8410 put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto the BLOCK_VARS
8411 list for this outer scope. (They are strung off of the DECL_ARGUMENTS
8412 list for the function instead.) The BLOCK_VARS list for the
8413 `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of the LABEL_DECL nodes for
8414 the function however, and we output DWARF info for those in
8415 decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be a BLOCK
8416 node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces, and
8417 any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
8418 constructor function. */
8419 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
8420 {
8421 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
8422 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
8423
8424 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
8425 if (current_function_has_inlines)
8426 {
8427 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
8428 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
8429 {
8430 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
8431 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
8432 }
8433 }
8434 #endif
8435 }
8436
8437 pop_decl_scope ();
8438 }
8439
8440 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
8441
8442 static void
8443 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die)
8444 register tree decl;
8445 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8446 {
8447 register tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
8448 register dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die);
8449
8450 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
8451 int declaration
8452 = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
8453 || current_function_decl != decl_function_context (decl)
8454 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
8455 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type);
8456
8457 if (origin != NULL)
8458 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
8459 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
8460 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag. */
8461 /* ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
8462 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
8463 sharing them. */
8464 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl)
8465 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
8466 {
8467 /* ??? This is an instantiation of a C++ class level static. */
8468 add_AT_die_ref (var_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
8469 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
8470 {
8471 register unsigned file_index
8472 = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
8473
8474 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
8475 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
8476
8477 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
8478 != DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
8479
8480 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line,
8481 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
8482 }
8483 }
8484 else
8485 {
8486 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
8487 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl),
8488 TREE_READONLY (decl),
8489 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
8490
8491 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
8492 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
8493
8494 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
8495 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
8496
8497 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
8498 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
8499
8500 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
8501 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
8502 }
8503
8504 if (declaration)
8505 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
8506
8507 if ((declaration && decl_class_context (decl)) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
8508 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
8509
8510 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
8511 {
8512 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
8513 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
8514 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
8515 }
8516 }
8517
8518 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
8519
8520 static void
8521 gen_label_die (decl, context_die)
8522 register tree decl;
8523 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8524 {
8525 register tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
8526 register dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die);
8527 register rtx insn;
8528 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
8529 char label2[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
8530
8531 if (origin != NULL)
8532 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
8533 else
8534 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
8535
8536 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
8537 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
8538 else
8539 {
8540 insn = DECL_RTL (decl);
8541 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL)
8542 {
8543 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
8544 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
8545 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
8546 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
8547 it if it ever does happen. */
8548 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn))
8549 abort ();
8550
8551 sprintf (label2, INSN_LABEL_FMT, current_funcdef_number);
8552 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, label2,
8553 (unsigned) INSN_UID (insn));
8554 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
8555 }
8556 }
8557 }
8558
8559 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
8560
8561 static void
8562 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
8563 register tree stmt;
8564 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8565 int depth;
8566 {
8567 register dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die);
8568 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
8569
8570 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
8571 {
8572 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
8573 next_block_number);
8574 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
8575 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL, next_block_number);
8576 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
8577 }
8578
8579 push_decl_scope (stmt);
8580 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
8581 pop_decl_scope ();
8582 }
8583
8584 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
8585
8586 static void
8587 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
8588 register tree stmt;
8589 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8590 int depth;
8591 {
8592 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
8593 {
8594 register dw_die_ref subr_die
8595 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die);
8596 register tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
8597 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
8598
8599 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
8600 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
8601 next_block_number);
8602 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
8603 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL, next_block_number);
8604 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
8605 push_decl_scope (decl);
8606 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
8607 pop_decl_scope ();
8608 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
8609 }
8610 }
8611
8612 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
8613
8614 static void
8615 gen_field_die (decl, context_die)
8616 register tree decl;
8617 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8618 {
8619 register dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die);
8620
8621 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
8622 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
8623 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
8624 context_die);
8625
8626 /* If this is a bit field... */
8627 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
8628 {
8629 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
8630 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
8631 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
8632 }
8633
8634 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
8635 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
8636
8637 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
8638 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
8639
8640 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
8641 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
8642
8643 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
8644 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
8645 }
8646
8647 #if 0
8648 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
8649 Use modified_type_die instead.
8650 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
8651 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
8652 static void
8653 gen_pointer_type_die (type, context_die)
8654 register tree type;
8655 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8656 {
8657 register dw_die_ref ptr_die
8658 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
8659
8660 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
8661 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
8662 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
8663 }
8664
8665 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
8666 Use modified_type_die instead.
8667 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
8668 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
8669 static void
8670 gen_reference_type_die (type, context_die)
8671 register tree type;
8672 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8673 {
8674 register dw_die_ref ref_die
8675 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
8676
8677 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
8678 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
8679 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
8680 }
8681 #endif
8682
8683 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
8684 static void
8685 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die)
8686 register tree type;
8687 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8688 {
8689 register dw_die_ref ptr_die
8690 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
8691
8692 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
8693 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
8694 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
8695 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
8696 }
8697
8698 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
8699
8700 static void
8701 gen_compile_unit_die (main_input_filename)
8702 register char *main_input_filename;
8703 {
8704 char producer[250];
8705 char *wd = getpwd ();
8706
8707 comp_unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL);
8708 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, main_input_filename);
8709
8710 if (wd != NULL)
8711 add_AT_string (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
8712
8713 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
8714
8715 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8716 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
8717 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
8718 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
8719 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
8720 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
8721 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
8722 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
8723 strcat (producer, " -g");
8724 #endif
8725
8726 add_AT_string (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
8727
8728 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
8729 add_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language, DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
8730
8731 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
8732 add_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language, DW_LANG_Ada83);
8733
8734 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
8735 add_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language, DW_LANG_Fortran77);
8736
8737 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
8738 add_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language, DW_LANG_Pascal83);
8739
8740 else if (flag_traditional)
8741 add_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language, DW_LANG_C);
8742
8743 else
8744 add_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language, DW_LANG_C89);
8745
8746 #if 0 /* unimplemented */
8747 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
8748 add_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, 0);
8749 #endif
8750 }
8751
8752 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
8753
8754 static void
8755 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die)
8756 register tree type;
8757 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8758 {
8759 register dw_die_ref type_die
8760 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
8761
8762 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
8763
8764 /* Fudge the string length attribute for now. */
8765
8766 /* TODO: add string length info.
8767 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
8768 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u'); */
8769 }
8770
8771 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
8772
8773 static void
8774 gen_inheritance_die (binfo, context_die)
8775 register tree binfo;
8776 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8777 {
8778 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die);
8779
8780 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
8781 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
8782
8783 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo))
8784 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
8785 if (TREE_VIA_PUBLIC (binfo))
8786 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
8787 else if (TREE_VIA_PROTECTED (binfo))
8788 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
8789 }
8790
8791 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
8792
8793 static void
8794 gen_member_die (type, context_die)
8795 register tree type;
8796 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8797 {
8798 register tree member;
8799
8800 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
8801 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
8802 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
8803 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
8804 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
8805 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type execpt
8806 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
8807 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
8808 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other
8809 (containing) type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type
8810 to point to the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing)
8811 type. */
8812
8813 /* First output info about the base classes. */
8814 if (TYPE_BINFO (type) && TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type))
8815 {
8816 register tree bases = TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type);
8817 register int n_bases = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases);
8818 register int i;
8819
8820 for (i = 0; i < n_bases; i++)
8821 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases, i), context_die);
8822 }
8823
8824 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
8825 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
8826 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
8827
8828 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
8829 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
8830 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
8831 }
8832
8833 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. */
8834
8835 static void
8836 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die)
8837 register tree type;
8838 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8839 {
8840 register dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
8841 register dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
8842 register int nested = 0;
8843
8844 if (type_die && ! TYPE_SIZE (type))
8845 return;
8846
8847 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
8848 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
8849 nested = 1;
8850
8851 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
8852
8853 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
8854 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
8855 {
8856 register dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
8857
8858 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
8859 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
8860 scope_die);
8861 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
8862 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
8863 if (old_die)
8864 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
8865 }
8866 else
8867 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
8868
8869 /* If we're not in the right context to be defining this type, defer to
8870 avoid tricky recursion. */
8871 if (TYPE_SIZE (type) && decl_scope_depth > 0 && scope_die == comp_unit_die)
8872 {
8873 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
8874 pend_type (type);
8875 }
8876 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
8877 then give a list of members. */
8878 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
8879 {
8880 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
8881 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
8882 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
8883 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
8884 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
8885 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
8886
8887 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
8888 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
8889 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
8890 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
8891
8892 push_decl_scope (type);
8893 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
8894 pop_decl_scope ();
8895
8896 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
8897 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
8898 {
8899 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
8900
8901 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
8902 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
8903 lookup_type_die (vtype));
8904 }
8905 }
8906 else
8907 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
8908 }
8909
8910 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
8911
8912 static void
8913 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die)
8914 register tree type;
8915 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8916 {
8917 register tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8918 register dw_die_ref subr_die
8919 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
8920
8921 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
8922 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
8923 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
8924 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
8925 }
8926
8927 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition */
8928
8929 static void
8930 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die)
8931 register tree decl;
8932 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8933 {
8934 register dw_die_ref type_die;
8935 register tree origin;
8936
8937 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
8938 return;
8939 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
8940
8941 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, scope_die_for (decl, context_die));
8942 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
8943 if (origin != NULL)
8944 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
8945 else
8946 {
8947 register tree type;
8948 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
8949 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
8950 {
8951 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
8952 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
8953 }
8954 else
8955 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
8956 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
8957 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
8958 }
8959
8960 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
8961 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
8962 }
8963
8964 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
8965
8966 static void
8967 gen_type_die (type, context_die)
8968 register tree type;
8969 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8970 {
8971 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
8972 return;
8973
8974 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
8975 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so get the
8976 main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type now. */
8977 type = type_main_variant (type);
8978
8979 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
8980 return;
8981
8982 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
8983 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
8984 {
8985 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
8986 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
8987 return;
8988 }
8989
8990 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8991 {
8992 case ERROR_MARK:
8993 break;
8994
8995 case POINTER_TYPE:
8996 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8997 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
8998 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
8999 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
9000 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
9001 statement. */
9002 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
9003
9004 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
9005 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
9006 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
9007 break;
9008
9009 case OFFSET_TYPE:
9010 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
9011 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
9012 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
9013
9014 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
9015 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
9016
9017 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
9018 itself. */
9019 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
9020 break;
9021
9022 case SET_TYPE:
9023 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type), context_die);
9024 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die);
9025 break;
9026
9027 case FILE_TYPE:
9028 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
9029 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
9030 break;
9031
9032 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
9033 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
9034 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
9035 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
9036 break;
9037
9038 case METHOD_TYPE:
9039 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
9040 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
9041 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
9042 break;
9043
9044 case ARRAY_TYPE:
9045 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
9046 {
9047 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
9048 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
9049 }
9050 else
9051 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
9052 break;
9053
9054 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
9055 case RECORD_TYPE:
9056 case UNION_TYPE:
9057 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
9058 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been
9059 written out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. */
9060 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
9061 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
9062 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
9063 {
9064 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
9065
9066 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
9067 return;
9068
9069 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
9070 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
9071 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
9072 }
9073
9074 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
9075 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
9076 else
9077 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
9078
9079 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
9080 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
9081 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
9082 pop_decl_scope ();
9083
9084 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
9085 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
9086 when appropriate. */
9087 return;
9088
9089 case VOID_TYPE:
9090 case INTEGER_TYPE:
9091 case REAL_TYPE:
9092 case COMPLEX_TYPE:
9093 case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
9094 case CHAR_TYPE:
9095 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
9096 break;
9097
9098 case LANG_TYPE:
9099 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
9100 break;
9101
9102 default:
9103 abort ();
9104 }
9105
9106 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
9107 }
9108
9109 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
9110
9111 static void
9112 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (type, context_die)
9113 register tree type;
9114 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9115 {
9116 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
9117 return;
9118
9119 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
9120 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
9121 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
9122 type now. */
9123 if (type != type_main_variant (type)
9124 || !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
9125 abort ();
9126
9127 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
9128 {
9129 case ERROR_MARK:
9130 break;
9131
9132 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
9133 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
9134 break;
9135
9136 case RECORD_TYPE:
9137 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
9138 break;
9139
9140 case UNION_TYPE:
9141 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
9142 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
9143 break;
9144
9145 default:
9146 abort ();
9147 }
9148 }
9149
9150 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
9151 things which are local to the given block. */
9152
9153 static void
9154 gen_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
9155 register tree stmt;
9156 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9157 int depth;
9158 {
9159 register int must_output_die = 0;
9160 register tree origin;
9161 register tree decl;
9162 register enum tree_code origin_code;
9163
9164 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
9165
9166 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || !TREE_USED (stmt))
9167 return;
9168
9169 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
9170 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
9171 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
9172 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
9173 the current block. */
9174 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
9175 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
9176
9177 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
9178 block. */
9179 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
9180 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
9181 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
9182 must_output_die = 1;
9183 else
9184 {
9185 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
9186 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
9187 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the
9188 whole inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function
9189 doesn't really represent a different scope according to ANSI C
9190 rules. So we check here to make sure that this block does not
9191 represent a "body block inlining" before trying to set the
9192 `must_output_die' flag. */
9193 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
9194 {
9195 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
9196 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
9197 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9198 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
9199 as being a "significant" one. */
9200 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL);
9201 else
9202 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
9203 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
9204 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
9205 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
9206 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
9207 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
9208 {
9209 must_output_die = 1;
9210 break;
9211 }
9212 }
9213 }
9214
9215 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
9216 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
9217 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
9218 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
9219 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
9220 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
9221 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
9222 if (must_output_die)
9223 {
9224 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
9225 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
9226 else
9227 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
9228 }
9229 else
9230 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
9231 }
9232
9233 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
9234 all of its sub-blocks. */
9235
9236 static void
9237 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth)
9238 register tree stmt;
9239 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9240 int depth;
9241 {
9242 register tree decl;
9243 register tree subblocks;
9244
9245 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
9246 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || ! TREE_USED (stmt))
9247 return;
9248
9249 if (!BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && depth > 0)
9250 next_block_number++;
9251
9252 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
9253 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
9254 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
9255 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
9256 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
9257 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
9258 {
9259 register dw_die_ref die;
9260
9261 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
9262 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
9263 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
9264 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
9265 else
9266 die = NULL;
9267
9268 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
9269 add_child_die (context_die, die);
9270 else
9271 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
9272 }
9273
9274 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
9275 therein) of this block. */
9276 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
9277 subblocks != NULL;
9278 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
9279 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
9280 }
9281
9282 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
9283
9284 static inline int
9285 is_redundant_typedef (decl)
9286 register tree decl;
9287 {
9288 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
9289 return 1;
9290
9291 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
9292 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
9293 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
9294 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
9295 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
9296 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
9297 return 1;
9298
9299 return 0;
9300 }
9301
9302 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
9303
9304 static void
9305 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die)
9306 register tree decl;
9307 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9308 {
9309 register tree origin;
9310
9311 /* Make a note of the decl node we are going to be working on. We may need
9312 to give the user the source coordinates of where it appeared in case we
9313 notice (later on) that something about it looks screwy. */
9314 dwarf_last_decl = decl;
9315
9316 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9317 return;
9318
9319 /* If this ..._DECL node is marked to be ignored, then ignore it. But don't
9320 ignore a function definition, since that would screw up our count of
9321 blocks, and that in turn will completely screw up the labels we will
9322 reference in subsequent DW_AT_low_pc and DW_AT_high_pc attributes (for
9323 subsequent blocks). */
9324 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (decl) && TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL)
9325 return;
9326
9327 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
9328 {
9329 case CONST_DECL:
9330 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
9331 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
9332 break;
9333
9334 case FUNCTION_DECL:
9335 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
9336 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
9337 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
9338 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || ! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
9339 break;
9340
9341 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9342 {
9343 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
9344 have described its return type. */
9345 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
9346
9347 /* And its containing type. */
9348 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
9349 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
9350 gen_type_die (origin, context_die);
9351
9352 /* And its virtual context. */
9353 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
9354 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
9355 }
9356
9357 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
9358 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
9359 break;
9360
9361 case TYPE_DECL:
9362 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
9363 actual typedefs. */
9364 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9365 break;
9366
9367 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the
9368 declaration of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as
9369 having been instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node
9370 (e.g. one which was generated within the original definition of an
9371 inline function) we have to generate a special (abbreviated)
9372 DW_TAG_structure_type, DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type
9373 DIE here. */
9374 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE)
9375 {
9376 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
9377 break;
9378 }
9379
9380 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
9381 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
9382 else
9383 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
9384 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
9385 break;
9386
9387 case LABEL_DECL:
9388 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
9389 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
9390 break;
9391
9392 case VAR_DECL:
9393 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
9394 variable declarations or definitions. */
9395 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9396 break;
9397
9398 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
9399 object. */
9400 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
9401
9402 /* And its containing type. */
9403 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
9404 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
9405 gen_type_die (origin, context_die);
9406
9407 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
9408 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
9409 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
9410 function. */
9411 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
9412 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
9413 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
9414 else
9415 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
9416 break;
9417
9418 case FIELD_DECL:
9419 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits, but
9420 handle C++ anonymous unions. */
9421 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
9422 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE)
9423 {
9424 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
9425 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
9426 }
9427 break;
9428
9429 case PARM_DECL:
9430 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
9431 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
9432 break;
9433
9434 default:
9435 abort ();
9436 }
9437 }
9438 \f
9439 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
9440
9441 void
9442 dwarf2out_decl (decl)
9443 register tree decl;
9444 {
9445 register dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
9446
9447 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9448 return;
9449
9450 /* If this ..._DECL node is marked to be ignored, then ignore it. We gotta
9451 hope that the node in question doesn't represent a function definition.
9452 If it does, then totally ignoring it is bound to screw up our count of
9453 blocks, and that in turn will completely screw up the labels we will
9454 reference in subsequent DW_AT_low_pc and DW_AT_high_pc attributes (for
9455 subsequent blocks). (It's too bad that BLOCK nodes don't carry their
9456 own sequence numbers with them!) */
9457 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
9458 {
9459 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
9460 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL)
9461 abort ();
9462
9463 return;
9464 }
9465
9466 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
9467 {
9468 case FUNCTION_DECL:
9469 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
9470 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
9471 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
9472 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (decl))
9473 return;
9474
9475 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
9476 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
9477 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
9478 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
9479 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
9480 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
9481 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
9482 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
9483 it wil have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
9484 with the definition of the function. Note that we can't just check
9485 `DECL_EXTERNAL' to find out which FUNCTION_DECL nodes represent
9486 definitions and which ones represent mere declarations. We have to
9487 check `DECL_INITIAL' instead. That's because the C front-end
9488 supports some weird semantics for "extern inline" function
9489 definitions. These can get inlined within the current translation
9490 unit (an thus, we need to generate DWARF info for their abstract
9491 instances so that the DWARF info for the concrete inlined instances
9492 can have something to refer to) but the compiler never generates any
9493 out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact that they
9494 *are* definitions). The important point is that the C front-end
9495 marks these "extern inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need
9496 to generate DWARF for them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also
9497 plays some similar games for inline function definitions appearing
9498 within include files which also contain
9499 `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
9500 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
9501 return;
9502
9503 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
9504 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
9505 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
9506 if (decl_function_context (decl))
9507 context_die = NULL;
9508
9509 break;
9510
9511 case VAR_DECL:
9512 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
9513 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
9514 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
9515 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
9516 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
9517 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
9518 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
9519 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
9520 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
9521 return;
9522
9523 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
9524 variable declarations or definitions. */
9525 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9526 return;
9527 break;
9528
9529 case TYPE_DECL:
9530 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
9531 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
9532 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl) == 0)
9533 {
9534 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
9535 comparisons have. */
9536 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
9537 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
9538 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE)
9539 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
9540
9541 return;
9542 }
9543
9544 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
9545 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9546 return;
9547
9548 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
9549 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
9550 if (decl_function_context (decl))
9551 context_die = NULL;
9552
9553 break;
9554
9555 default:
9556 return;
9557 }
9558
9559 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
9560 output_pending_types_for_scope (comp_unit_die);
9561 }
9562
9563 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
9564 a lexical block. */
9565
9566 void
9567 dwarf2out_begin_block (blocknum)
9568 register unsigned blocknum;
9569 {
9570 function_section (current_function_decl);
9571 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
9572 }
9573
9574 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
9575 lexical block. */
9576
9577 void
9578 dwarf2out_end_block (blocknum)
9579 register unsigned blocknum;
9580 {
9581 function_section (current_function_decl);
9582 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
9583 }
9584
9585 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) at a point in the assembly code which
9586 corresponds to a given source level label. */
9587
9588 void
9589 dwarf2out_label (insn)
9590 register rtx insn;
9591 {
9592 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
9593
9594 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
9595 {
9596 function_section (current_function_decl);
9597 sprintf (label, INSN_LABEL_FMT, current_funcdef_number);
9598 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, label,
9599 (unsigned) INSN_UID (insn));
9600 }
9601 }
9602
9603 /* Lookup a filename (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
9604 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
9605 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename.
9606 We need such numbers for the sake of generating labels
9607 (in the .debug_sfnames section) and references to those
9608 files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo and.debug_macinfo sections).
9609 If the filename given as an argument is not found in our current list,
9610 add it to the list and assign it the next available unique index number.
9611 In order to speed up searches, we remember the index of the filename
9612 was looked up last. This handles the majority of all searches. */
9613
9614 static unsigned
9615 lookup_filename (file_name)
9616 char *file_name;
9617 {
9618 static unsigned last_file_lookup_index = 0;
9619 register unsigned i;
9620
9621 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous call
9622 matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
9623 if (last_file_lookup_index != 0)
9624 if (strcmp (file_name, file_table[last_file_lookup_index]) == 0)
9625 return last_file_lookup_index;
9626
9627 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
9628 for (i = 1; i < file_table_in_use; ++i)
9629 if (strcmp (file_name, file_table[i]) == 0)
9630 {
9631 last_file_lookup_index = i;
9632 return i;
9633 }
9634
9635 /* Prepare to add a new table entry by making sure there is enough space in
9636 the table to do so. If not, expand the current table. */
9637 if (file_table_in_use == file_table_allocated)
9638 {
9639 file_table_allocated += FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9640 file_table
9641 = (char **) xrealloc (file_table,
9642 file_table_allocated * sizeof (char *));
9643 }
9644
9645 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
9646 file_table[file_table_in_use] = xstrdup (file_name);
9647 last_file_lookup_index = file_table_in_use++;
9648
9649 return last_file_lookup_index;
9650 }
9651
9652 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
9653 and record information relating to this source line, in
9654 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
9655
9656 void
9657 dwarf2out_line (filename, line)
9658 register char *filename;
9659 register unsigned line;
9660 {
9661 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
9662 {
9663 function_section (current_function_decl);
9664
9665 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
9666 {
9667 register dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
9668 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
9669 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
9670 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
9671
9672 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
9673 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
9674 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
9675 {
9676 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9677 separate_line_info_table
9678 = (dw_separate_line_info_ref)
9679 xrealloc (separate_line_info_table,
9680 separate_line_info_table_allocated
9681 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
9682 }
9683
9684 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
9685 line_info
9686 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
9687 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
9688 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
9689 line_info->function = current_funcdef_number;
9690 }
9691 else
9692 {
9693 register dw_line_info_ref line_info;
9694
9695 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
9696 line_info_table_in_use);
9697 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
9698
9699 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
9700 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
9701 {
9702 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9703 line_info_table
9704 = (dw_line_info_ref)
9705 xrealloc (line_info_table,
9706 (line_info_table_allocated
9707 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
9708 }
9709
9710 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
9711 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
9712 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
9713 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
9714 }
9715 }
9716 }
9717
9718 /* Record the beginning of a new source file, for later output
9719 of the .debug_macinfo section. At present, unimplemented. */
9720
9721 void
9722 dwarf2out_start_source_file (filename)
9723 register char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
9724 {
9725 }
9726
9727 /* Record the end of a source file, for later output
9728 of the .debug_macinfo section. At present, unimplemented. */
9729
9730 void
9731 dwarf2out_end_source_file ()
9732 {
9733 }
9734
9735 /* Called from check_newline in c-parse.y. The `buffer' parameter contains
9736 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
9737 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
9738
9739 void
9740 dwarf2out_define (lineno, buffer)
9741 register unsigned lineno;
9742 register char *buffer;
9743 {
9744 static int initialized = 0;
9745 if (!initialized)
9746 {
9747 dwarf2out_start_source_file (primary_filename);
9748 initialized = 1;
9749 }
9750 }
9751
9752 /* Called from check_newline in c-parse.y. The `buffer' parameter contains
9753 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
9754 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
9755
9756 void
9757 dwarf2out_undef (lineno, buffer)
9758 register unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
9759 register char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
9760 {
9761 }
9762
9763 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
9764
9765 void
9766 dwarf2out_init (asm_out_file, main_input_filename)
9767 register FILE *asm_out_file;
9768 register char *main_input_filename;
9769 {
9770 /* Remember the name of the primary input file. */
9771 primary_filename = main_input_filename;
9772
9773 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
9774 file_table = (char **) xmalloc (FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (char *));
9775 bzero ((char *) file_table, FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (char *));
9776 file_table_allocated = FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9777
9778 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
9779 file_table_in_use = 1;
9780
9781 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
9782 decl_die_table
9783 = (dw_die_ref *) xmalloc (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
9784 bzero ((char *) decl_die_table,
9785 DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
9786 decl_die_table_allocated = DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9787 decl_die_table_in_use = 0;
9788
9789 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
9790 decl_scope_table
9791 = (decl_scope_node *) xmalloc (DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT
9792 * sizeof (decl_scope_node));
9793 bzero ((char *) decl_scope_table,
9794 DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (decl_scope_node));
9795 decl_scope_table_allocated = DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9796 decl_scope_depth = 0;
9797
9798 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
9799 abbrev_die_table
9800 = (dw_die_ref *) xmalloc (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
9801 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
9802 bzero ((char *) abbrev_die_table,
9803 ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
9804 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9805 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
9806 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
9807
9808 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
9809 line_info_table
9810 = (dw_line_info_ref) xmalloc (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
9811 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
9812 bzero ((char *) line_info_table,
9813 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
9814 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9815 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
9816 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
9817
9818 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
9819 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
9820 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
9821 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
9822 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. */
9823 gen_compile_unit_die (main_input_filename);
9824
9825 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
9826 }
9827
9828 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
9829 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
9830
9831 void
9832 dwarf2out_finish ()
9833 {
9834 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
9835 dw_die_ref die;
9836 dw_attr_ref a;
9837
9838 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
9839 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
9840 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
9841 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
9842 instance. */
9843 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
9844 {
9845 next_node = node->next;
9846 die = node->die;
9847
9848 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
9849 {
9850 a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
9851 if (a)
9852 add_child_die (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref->die_parent, die);
9853 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
9854 ;
9855 else
9856 abort ();
9857 }
9858 free (node);
9859 }
9860
9861 /* Traverse the DIE tree and add sibling attributes to those DIE's
9862 that have children. */
9863 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
9864
9865 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
9866 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
9867 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, TEXT_SECTION);
9868 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
9869
9870 #if 0
9871 /* Output a terminator label for the .data section. */
9872 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
9873 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DATA_SECTION);
9874 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, DATA_END_LABEL, 0);
9875
9876 /* Output a terminator label for the .bss section. */
9877 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
9878 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, BSS_SECTION);
9879 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, BSS_END_LABEL, 0);
9880 #endif
9881
9882 /* Output the source line correspondence table. */
9883 if (line_info_table_in_use > 1 || separate_line_info_table_in_use)
9884 {
9885 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
9886 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_LINE_SECTION);
9887 output_line_info ();
9888
9889 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code
9890 was in .text. */
9891 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
9892 {
9893 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc,
9894 stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION));
9895 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
9896 }
9897
9898 add_AT_section_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list, DEBUG_LINE_SECTION);
9899 }
9900
9901 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
9902 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
9903 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, ABBREV_SECTION);
9904 build_abbrev_table (comp_unit_die);
9905 output_abbrev_section ();
9906
9907 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
9908 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
9909 calc_die_sizes (comp_unit_die);
9910
9911 /* Output debugging information. */
9912 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
9913 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_INFO_SECTION);
9914 output_compilation_unit_header ();
9915 output_die (comp_unit_die);
9916
9917 if (pubname_table_in_use)
9918 {
9919 /* Output public names table. */
9920 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
9921 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, PUBNAMES_SECTION);
9922 output_pubnames ();
9923 }
9924
9925 if (fde_table_in_use)
9926 {
9927 /* Output the address range information. */
9928 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
9929 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, ARANGES_SECTION);
9930 output_aranges ();
9931 }
9932 }
9933 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */